WO2024101378A1 - Active-ray-sensitive or radioactive-ray-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radioactive-ray-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method - Google Patents

Active-ray-sensitive or radioactive-ray-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radioactive-ray-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024101378A1
WO2024101378A1 PCT/JP2023/040157 JP2023040157W WO2024101378A1 WO 2024101378 A1 WO2024101378 A1 WO 2024101378A1 JP 2023040157 W JP2023040157 W JP 2023040157W WO 2024101378 A1 WO2024101378 A1 WO 2024101378A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
sensitive
ring
radiation
groups
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/040157
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
修平 山口
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2024101378A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024101378A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device. More specifically, the present invention relates to an actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device that can be suitably used in ultra-microlithography processes applicable to the manufacturing process of ultra-LSI (Large Scale Integration) and high-capacity microchips, the mold creation process for nanoimprinting, and the manufacturing process of high-density information recording media, as well as other photofabrication processes.
  • ultra-microlithography processes applicable to the manufacturing process of ultra-LSI (Large Scale Integration) and high-capacity microchips, the mold creation process for nanoimprinting, and the manufacturing process of high-density information recording media, as well as other photofabrication processes.
  • Patent Document 1 describes a radiation-sensitive resin composition that contains a resin and a carboxylate anion-containing compound and a sulfonate anion-containing compound as radiation-sensitive acid generators.
  • LWR performance refers to the ability to reduce the LWR of a pattern.
  • the present invention aims to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that has excellent LWR performance and can reduce development defects in the formation of extremely fine patterns (e.g., line width or space width of 50 nm or less).
  • Another objective of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern formation method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device that use the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a resin (A) and a salt having a cation radical structure (B).
  • Rb 1 to Rb 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a thiol group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an amino group, a heteroaryl group, a carbonyl group, a cyano group, or a group consisting of a combination thereof, and may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • a 1 - represents a counter anion.
  • Rb 5 to Rb 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a thiol group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an amino group, a carbonyl group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a group consisting of a combination thereof.
  • Rb 13 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or an aryl group.
  • X represents -S-, -O-, or -NRb 14 -.
  • Rb 14 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or an aryl group. Rb 5 to Rb 14 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. A 2 - represents a counter anion.
  • a Q1 - represents a carboxylate anion or a sulfonate anion.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • L Q1 represents a divalent linking group.
  • R 3 represents an organic group.
  • a Q2 - represents a carboxylate anion or a sulfonate anion.
  • Xf represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, or an organic group having no fluorine atom.
  • R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • L Q2 represents a divalent linking group.
  • W represents an organic group.
  • o represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • p represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • q represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • a plurality of Xf may be the same as or different from each other.
  • p represents an integer of 2 or more
  • R 4 and R 5 may be the same as or different from each other.
  • q represents an integer of 2 or more
  • a plurality of L Q2 may be the same as or
  • a Q3 - represents a carboxylate anion or a sulfonate anion.
  • Ar represents an aromatic group.
  • n and m represent integers of 0 or more.
  • D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • B represents a hydrocarbon group.
  • E represents a substituent other than a carboxylate anion, a sulfonate anion, and a -(D-B) group.
  • n represents an integer of 2 or more
  • a plurality of Ds and Bs may be the same as or different from each other.
  • m represents an integer of 2 or more
  • a plurality of Es may be the same as or different from each other.
  • Ra 1 to Ra 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • La1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Ra 4 to Ra 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group. Two of Ra 4 to Ra 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • Ra 0 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a halogen atom, or a cyano group.
  • the plurality of Ra 0 may be the same or different.
  • Two of Ra 1 to Ra 3 , La 1 and Ra 0 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • na represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • ma represents an integer of 0 to 2.
  • Ra 7 to Ra 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • La2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Ara represents an aromatic ring group.
  • Ra 10 to Ra 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkyloxy group, or an alkenyl group. At least two of Ra 10 to Ra 12 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. At least one of Ra 9 to Ra 12 may be bound to Ara.
  • actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6], further comprising a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • a pattern forming method comprising the steps of: forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of items [1] to [7]; exposing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film; and developing the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using a developer.
  • a method for producing an electronic device comprising the pattern formation method according to [9].
  • an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which is excellent in LWR performance and capable of reducing development defects in the formation of an extremely fine pattern (for example, a line width or space width of 50 nm or less).
  • the present invention also provides an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and a method for producing an electronic device, which use the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • actinic rays or “radiation” refers to, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-rays, soft X-rays, and electron beams (EB: Electron Beam).
  • light means actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure includes not only exposure to the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, EUV, and the like, but also drawing with particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams.
  • the use of "to” means that the numerical values before and after it are included as the lower limit and upper limit.
  • (meth)acrylate refers to at least one of acrylate and methacrylate.
  • (meth)acrylic acid refers to at least one of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (also called molecular weight distribution) (Mw/Mn) of the resin are defined as polystyrene equivalent values measured using a Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC) device (Tosoh Corporation HLC-8120GPC) (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 ⁇ L, column: Tosoh Corporation TSK gel Multipore HXL-M, column temperature: 40°C, flow rate: 1.0 mL/min, detector: refractive index detector).
  • GPC Gel Permeation Chromatography
  • the notation of groups (atomic groups) that does not indicate whether they are substituted or unsubstituted includes groups that have a substituent as well as groups that have no substituent.
  • alkyl group includes not only alkyl groups that have no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups that have a substituent (substituted alkyl groups).
  • organic group in the present specification refers to a group that contains at least one carbon atom. Unless otherwise specified, the substituent is preferably a monovalent substituent. Examples of the substituent include a monovalent nonmetallic atomic group other than a hydrogen atom, and can be selected from the following substituents T.
  • substituent T examples include halogen atoms such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom; alkoxy groups such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, and a tert-butoxy group; a cycloalkyloxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group and a p-tolyloxy group; an alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxycarbonyl group and a butoxycarbonyl group; a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group; an aryloxycarbonyl group such as a phenoxycarbonyl group; an acyloxy group such as an acetoxy group, a propionyloxy group, and a benzoyloxy group; an acetyl group, a benzoyl group, an isobutyryl group, Examples of the substituent T include acyl groups
  • examples of the substituent T also include groups having one or more substituents selected from the above-mentioned substituents as the further substituents (for example, monoalkylamino groups, dialkylamino groups, arylamino groups, trifluoromethyl groups, etc.).
  • the bonding direction of the divalent groups is not limited unless otherwise specified.
  • Y when Y is -COO- in a compound represented by the formula "X-Y-Z", Y may be -CO-O- or -O-CO-.
  • the above compound may be "X-CO-O-Z" or "X-O-CO-Z”.
  • the acid dissociation constant (pKa) refers to the pKa in an aqueous solution, and specifically, it is a value calculated based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and known literature values using the following software package 1. All pKa values described in this specification are values calculated using this software package.
  • Software package 1 Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs).
  • pKa can also be obtained by molecular orbital calculation.
  • a specific example of this method is a method of calculating H + dissociation free energy in an aqueous solution based on a thermodynamic cycle.
  • the H + dissociation free energy can be calculated, for example, by DFT (density functional theory), but various other methods have been reported in literature, and the calculation method is not limited to this.
  • DFT density functional theory
  • Gaussian16 is an example.
  • pKa refers to a value calculated based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and known literature values using the software package 1, as described above. However, when pKa cannot be calculated by this method, a value obtained by Gaussian 16 based on DFT (density functional theory) is adopted. In this specification, pKa refers to "pKa in an aqueous solution” as described above, but when the pKa in an aqueous solution cannot be calculated, “pKa in a dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) solution” will be adopted.
  • DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
  • solids refers to components that form an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, and does not include solvents.
  • any component that forms an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is considered to be a solid even if it is in liquid form.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (also referred to as “the composition of the present invention") contains a resin (A) and a salt having a cation radical structure (B).
  • the salt (B) contained in the composition of the present invention is a salt having a cation radical structure.
  • the cation radical structure means a radical structure having a positive charge
  • the salt having a cation radical structure means a salt having a cation moiety and an anion moiety, and further having a radical in the cation moiety.
  • radicals are generated.
  • the photoacid generator that may be contained in the composition is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to finally generate an acid, and radicals are generated as intermediates.
  • These radical intermediates often cause unexpected side reactions such as crosslinking reactions between compounds in the composition.
  • the radicals thus generated in the system are captured by the salt (B) due to the stability of the cation radical structure, and diffusion is suppressed. As a result, it is presumed that the above-mentioned effects are obtained by suppressing side reactions such as diffusion of the acid and crosslinking.
  • the composition of the present invention is typically a resist composition, and may be a positive resist composition or a negative resist composition.
  • the composition of the present invention may be a resist composition for alkali development or a resist composition for organic solvent development.
  • the composition of the present invention may be a chemically amplified resist composition or a non-chemically amplified resist composition.
  • the composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
  • the composition of the present invention can be used to form an actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film.
  • the actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film formed using the composition of the present invention is typically a resist film.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a resin (A).
  • the resin (A) usually contains a group that decomposes under the action of an acid to increase its polarity (hereinafter also referred to as an "acid-decomposable group"), and preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
  • an acid-decomposable group typically, in a pattern formation method using the composition of the present invention, when an alkaline developer is used as the developer, a positive pattern is preferably formed, and when an organic developer is used as the developer, a negative pattern is preferably formed.
  • the acid-decomposable group is typically a group that decomposes under the action of an acid to generate a polar group.
  • the acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure in which the polar group is protected by a group (leaving group) that is eliminated under the action of an acid.
  • the polarity of the resin (A) increases under the action of an acid, increasing its solubility in an alkaline developer and decreasing its solubility in an organic solvent.
  • the resin (A) preferably contains at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of repeating units represented by general formula (A-1) and repeating units represented by general formula (A-2). At least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of repeating units represented by general formula (A-1) and repeating units represented by general formula (A-2) is preferably a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
  • Ra 1 to Ra 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • La1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Ra 4 to Ra 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group. Two of Ra 4 to Ra 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • Ra 0 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a halogen atom, or a cyano group.
  • the plurality of Ra 0 may be the same or different.
  • Two of Ra 1 to Ra 3 , La 1 and Ra 0 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • na represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • ma represents an integer of 0 to 2.
  • Ra 7 to Ra 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • La2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Ara represents an aromatic ring group.
  • Ra 10 to Ra 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkyloxy group, or an alkenyl group. At least two of Ra 10 to Ra 12 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. At least one of Ra 9 to Ra 12 may be bound to Ara.
  • Ra 1 to Ra 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • the alkyl groups of Ra 1 to Ra 3 may be either linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group of Ra 1 to Ra 3 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 to 20, and more preferably 5 to 15.
  • a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group
  • a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group
  • the halogen atom for Ra 1 to Ra 3 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom or an iodine atom is preferable.
  • the alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group of Ra 1 to Ra 3 may be either linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • La 1 in the general formula (A-1) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group include a carbonyl group (-CO-), -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, an amide group (-CONR-), a sulfonamide group (-SO 2 NR-), an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an alkenylene group, and a linking group in which a plurality of these groups are linked together.
  • Each of the R groups represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and the organic group is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a combination thereof.
  • La1 is preferably a single bond or —COO—, and more preferably a single bond.
  • Ra 4 to Ra 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group.
  • the alkyl groups of Ra 4 to Ra 6 may be either linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 6.
  • the methylene group contained in the alkyl groups of Ra 4 to Ra 6 may be substituted with at least one of -CO- and -O-.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 to 20, and more preferably 5 to 15.
  • cycloalkyl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group are preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 6 to 20, and more preferably from 6 to 10.
  • the aryl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 is most preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aralkyl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 is preferably a group in which one hydrogen atom in the alkyl group of the above-mentioned Ra 4 to Ra 6 is substituted with an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably a phenyl group), and examples thereof include a benzyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 2 to 5, and more preferably from 2 to 4.
  • the alkenyl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 is preferably a vinyl group.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 preferably contains at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, and an oxygen atom.
  • the number of heteroatoms contained in the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aromatic heterocyclic group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 3 to 15.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic or polycyclic ring.
  • Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 include a thienyl group, a furanyl group, a benzothienyl group, a dibenzothienyl group, a benzofuranyl group, a pyrrole group, an oxazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, a pyridyl group, an isothiazolyl group, and a thiadiazolyl group.
  • Two of Ra 4 to Ra 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • a cycloalkyl group is preferable.
  • a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, or an adamantyl group is preferable, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • one of the methylene groups constituting the ring may be replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group, or a vinylidene group.
  • one or more of the ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
  • -C(Ra 4 )(Ra 5 )(Ra 6 ) is preferably a leaving group, and -COO-C(Ra 4 )(Ra 5 )(Ra 6 ) is preferably such that -C(Ra 4 )(Ra 5 )(Ra 6 ) is eliminated by the action of an acid to generate a carboxyl group.
  • Ra 0 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a halogen atom, or a cyano group.
  • the alkyl group of Ra 0 may be either linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group of Ra 0 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 to 20, and more preferably 5 to 15.
  • cycloalkyl groups of Ra 1 to Ra 3 monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group are preferred.
  • the halogen atom for Ra 0 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom or an iodine atom is preferable.
  • the alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group of Ra 0 may be either linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the alkyl group that can be contained in the acyloxy group of Ra 0 may be either linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group that can be contained in the acyloxy group of Ra 0 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group that can be contained in the acyloxy group of Ra 0 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 6 to 20, and more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the aryl group that can be contained in the acyloxy group of Ra 0 is most preferably a phenyl group.
  • the alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group of Ra 0 may be either linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group of Ra 0 is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 6 to 20, and more preferably from 6 to 10.
  • the aryl group of Ra 0 is most preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group of Ra 0 preferably contains at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, and an oxygen atom.
  • the number of heteroatoms contained in the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aromatic heterocyclic group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 3 to 15.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group of Ra 0 include a thienyl group, a furanyl group, a benzothienyl group, a dibenzothienyl group, a benzofuranyl group, a pyrrole group, an oxazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, a pyridyl group, an isothiazolyl group, and a thiadiazolyl group.
  • na represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and even more preferably 0.
  • ma represents an integer of 0 to 2, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0.
  • the aromatic ring in general formula (A-1) is benzene when ma represents 0, naphthalene when ma represents 1, and anthracene when ma represents 2.
  • repeating unit represented by general formula (A-1) are shown below, but are not limited to these.
  • Ra 7 to Ra 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • the explanation, specific examples, and preferred ranges for Ra 7 to Ra 9 are the same as the explanation, specific examples, and preferred ranges for Ra 1 to Ra 3 in the general formula (A-1) described above.
  • La2 in the general formula (A-2) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the description, specific examples, and preferred ranges of La2 are the same as the description, specific examples, and preferred ranges of La1 in the general formula (A-1) described above.
  • Ara represents an aromatic ring group.
  • the aromatic ring group of Ara is preferably an arylene group, more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, even more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a phenylene group or naphthylene group, and most preferably a phenylene group.
  • Ra 10 to Ra 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkyloxy group, or an alkenyl group.
  • the alkyl groups of Ra 10 to Ra 12 may be either linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 to 20, and more preferably 5 to 15.
  • cycloalkyl group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group are preferred.
  • the alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 may be either linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group contained in the cycloalkyloxy group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 to 20, and more preferably 5 to 15.
  • a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group
  • a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group are preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 6 to 20, and more preferably from 6 to 10.
  • the aryl group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is most preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aralkyl groups of Ra 10 to Ra 12 are preferably groups in which one hydrogen atom in the alkyl groups of Ra 10 to Ra 12 described above is substituted with an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably a phenyl group), and examples thereof include a benzyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 2 to 5, and more preferably from 2 to 4.
  • the alkenyl group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is preferably a vinyl group.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic groups of Ra 10 to Ra 12 preferably contain at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, and an oxygen atom.
  • the number of heteroatoms contained in the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aromatic heterocyclic group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 3 to 15.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic or polycyclic ring.
  • Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic groups of Ra 10 to Ra 12 include a thienyl group, a furanyl group, a benzothienyl group, a dibenzothienyl group, a benzofuranyl group, a pyrrole group, an oxazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, a pyridyl group, an isothiazolyl group, and a thiadiazolyl group.
  • Ra 10 to Ra 12 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • a cycloalkyl group is preferable.
  • a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, or an adamantyl group is preferable, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • one of the methylene groups constituting the ring may be replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group, or a vinylidene group.
  • one or more of the ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
  • Ra 10 to Ra 12 is an alkoxy group, and it is more preferable that one of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is an alkoxy group and the other two are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • -C(Ra 10 )(Ra 11 )(Ra 12 ) is preferably a leaving group
  • -O-C(Ra 10 )(Ra 11 )(Ra 12 ) is preferably such that -C(Ra 10 )(Ra 11 )(Ra 12 ) is eliminated by the action of an acid to generate a hydroxy group (this hydroxy group is a phenolic hydroxyl group since it is bonded to Ara).
  • repeating unit represented by general formula (A-2) are shown below, but are not limited to these.
  • the content of the repeating units selected from the group consisting of the repeating units represented by general formula (A-1) and the repeating units represented by general formula (A-2) is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and even more preferably 15 mol% or more, based on the total repeating units in resin (A).
  • the content of the repeating units selected from the group consisting of the repeating units represented by general formula (A-1) and the repeating units represented by general formula (A-2) is preferably 70 mol% or less, more preferably 60 mol% or less, and even more preferably 50 mol% or less, based on the total repeating units in resin (A).
  • the repeating units contained in resin (A) selected from the group consisting of repeating units represented by general formula (A-1) and repeating units represented by general formula (A-2) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • the resin (A) may contain a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group other than those mentioned above.
  • the acid-decomposable group is preferably a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a polar group.
  • the polar group is preferably an alkali-soluble group, and examples thereof include acidic groups such as a carboxy group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphate group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, an (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, an (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, a bis(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, a bis(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, a bis(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, a bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide group, a tris(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, and a tris(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, as well as an alcoholic hydroxyl group.
  • acidic groups
  • Examples of the leaving group which is eliminated by the action of an acid include groups represented by the formulae (Y1) to (Y4).
  • Formula (Y1) -C(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 )
  • Formula (Y3) -C(R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 38 )
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an aryl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an aralkyl group (linear or branched), or an alkenyl group (linear or branched).
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched)
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group, and it is more preferable that Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent a linear alkyl group.
  • Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring (which may be either a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring).
  • the alkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, and a t-butyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl groups of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • the aryl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
  • the aralkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a group in which one hydrogen atom in the alkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 described above is substituted with an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably a phenyl group), and examples thereof include a benzyl group.
  • the alkenyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a vinyl group.
  • the ring formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a cycloalkyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, or an adamantyl group, and more preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx1 to Rx3 for example, one of the methylene groups constituting the ring may be replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a group having a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group, or a vinylidene group.
  • one or more of the ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
  • Rx1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx2 and Rx3 are bonded to form the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group.
  • R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • R 37 and R 38 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group.
  • R 36 is a hydrogen atom.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom and/or a group having a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may have one or more methylene groups replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom and/or a group having a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group.
  • R 38 may be bonded to another substituent in the main chain of the repeating unit to form a ring.
  • the group formed by bonding R 38 to another substituent in the main chain of the repeating unit is preferably an alkylene group such as a methylene group.
  • Ar represents an aromatic ring group.
  • Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • Rn and Ar may be bonded to each other to form a non-aromatic ring.
  • Ar is more preferably an aryl group.
  • the content of repeating units having an acid decomposable group is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and even more preferably 15 mol% or more, based on all repeating units in resin (A).
  • the content of repeating units having an acid decomposable group is preferably 70 mol% or less, more preferably 60 mol% or less, and even more preferably 50 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in resin (A).
  • the repeating units having an acid-decomposable group contained in resin (A) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned range of the preferred content. Furthermore, when the repeating units having an acid-decomposable group include repeating units represented by the above-mentioned general formula (A-1) or (A-2), it is preferable that the total content including these is within the above-mentioned range of the preferred content.
  • the resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having a polar group.
  • the repeating unit having a polar group is preferably a repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the repeating units represented by the general formula (A-1) and the repeating units represented by the general formula (A-2) described above, or a repeating unit other than a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
  • Examples of the polar group of the repeating unit having a polar group include a hydroxyl group, a lactone group, a sultone group, a lactam group, an imide group, an amide group, a sulfonamide group, a carbonate group, a urethane group, a urea group, a nitrile group, a sulfoxide group, and a sulfonyl group.
  • the polar group may be an acid group.
  • the polar group is preferably a hydroxyl group or a lactone group, more preferably an aromatic hydroxyl group, and even more preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group.
  • the repeating unit having a polar group is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A-3):
  • R 101 , R 102 and R 103 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 102 may bond with Ar A to form a ring, and in that case, R 102 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • L A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Ar A represents an aromatic ring group.
  • k represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  • R 101 , R 102 and R 103 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • the explanation, specific examples and preferred ranges of R 101 , R 102 and R 103 are the same as the explanation, specific examples and preferred ranges of Ra 1 to Ra 3 in the general formula (A-1) described above.
  • Ar A in the general formula (A-3) represents an aromatic ring group, more specifically, an aromatic ring group having a valence of (k+1).
  • the divalent aromatic ring group is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, such as a phenylene group, a tolylene group, a naphthylene group, or an anthracenylene group, or a divalent aromatic ring group containing a heterocycle, such as a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, a benzothiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzopyrrole ring, a triazine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, or a thiazole ring.
  • the aromatic ring group may have a substituent.
  • Specific examples of the (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group when k is an integer of 2 or more include groups obtained by removing any (k-1) hydrogen atoms from the above-mentioned specific examples of the divalent aromatic ring group.
  • the (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group may further have a substituent.
  • the substituent that the (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, hexyl, 2-ethylhexyl, octyl, and dodecyl groups; alkoxy groups such as methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxyethoxy, propoxy, hydroxypropoxy, and butoxy groups; and aryl groups such as phenyl groups.
  • Ar A preferably represents an aromatic ring group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably represents a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group or a biphenylene ring group.
  • L 1 A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L A is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include -COO-, -CONR 64 -, an alkylene group, or a group formed by combining two or more of these groups, where R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkylene group is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group, or an octylene group.
  • examples of the alkyl group include alkyl groups having 20 or less carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, an octyl group, and a dodecyl group, and an alkyl group having 8 or less carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the repeating unit represented by formula (A-3) preferably has a hydroxystyrene structure, that is, Ar A preferably represents a benzene ring group.
  • k preferably represents an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably represents 1 or 2.
  • repeating unit represented by general formula (A-3) are shown below, but are not limited to these.
  • a represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • the content of repeating units having a polar group in resin (A) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 30 mol% or more, and even more preferably 40 mol% or more, based on the total repeating units in resin (A).
  • the content of repeating units having a polar group is preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 85 mol% or less, and even more preferably 80 mol% or less, based on the total repeating units in resin (A).
  • the repeating units having a polar group contained in resin (A) may be of one type or of two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total content is within the range of the preferred content described above.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit (hereinafter also referred to as "unit Y") having at least one type selected from the group consisting of a lactone group, a sultone group, and a carbonate group. It is also preferred that the unit Y does not have a hydroxyl group or an acid group such as a hexafluoropropanol group.
  • the lactone group or sultone group may have a lactone structure or sultone structure.
  • the lactone structure or sultone structure is preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone structure or a 5- to 7-membered sultone structure.
  • a 5- to 7-membered lactone structure having another ring structure condensed thereto in the form of a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure, or a 5- to 7-membered sultone structure having another ring structure condensed thereto in the form of a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure is more preferred.
  • the description of [0120] to [0134] in WO 2022/024928 can be incorporated by reference.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit (hereinafter also referred to as unit X) that has neither an acid-decomposable group nor an acid group and has a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
  • unit X a repeating unit that has neither an acid-decomposable group nor an acid group and has a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
  • the ⁇ repeating unit that has neither an acid-decomposable group nor an acid group and has a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom> referred to here is preferably different from the above-mentioned ⁇ repeating unit having a lactone group, a sultone group or a carbonate group> and the below-mentioned ⁇ repeating unit having a photoacid generating group>.
  • the repeating unit X is preferably a repeating unit represented by formula (C).
  • L5 represents a single bond or an ester group.
  • R9 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
  • R10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, a cycloalkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, an aryl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, or a group which combines these.
  • the content of unit X is preferably 0 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, and even more preferably 10 mol% or more, based on all repeating units in resin (A).
  • the upper limit is preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 45 mol% or less, and even more preferably 40 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in resin (A).
  • the total content of repeating units containing at least one of a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom in the repeating units of the resin (A) is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, even more preferably 30 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 40 mol% or more, based on the total repeating units of the resin (A).
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 100 mol% or less based on the total repeating units of the resin (A).
  • Examples of the repeating unit containing at least one of a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom include a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom and having an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom and having an acid group, and a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
  • Resin (A) may have, as a repeating unit other than the above, a repeating unit having a group that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (preferably electron beams or extreme ultraviolet rays) (hereinafter also referred to as a "photoacid generating group").
  • a repeating unit having a photoacid generating group is a repeating unit represented by formula (4).
  • R 41 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • L 41 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • L 42 represents a divalent linking group.
  • R 40 represents a structural moiety that is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to generate an acid in a side chain. Examples of the repeating unit having a photoacid generating group are shown below, but the invention is not limited thereto.
  • repeating unit represented by formula (4) include the repeating units described in paragraphs [0094] to [0105] of JP 2014-041327 A and the repeating unit described in paragraph [0094] of WO 2018/193954 A.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a photoacid generating group is preferably 1 mol% or more, and more preferably 5 mol% or more, based on the total repeating units in resin (A).
  • the upper limit is preferably 40 mol% or less, more preferably 35 mol% or less, and even more preferably 30 mol% or less, based on the total repeating units in resin (A).
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit represented by the following formula (V-1) or the following formula (V-2).
  • the repeating units represented by the following formulae (V-1) and (V-2) are preferably repeating units different from the repeating units described above.
  • R6 and R7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, an ester group (-OCOR or -COOR: R is an alkyl group or a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), or a carboxyl group.
  • R is an alkyl group or a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • n3 represents an integer of 0 to 6.
  • n4 represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • X4 is a methylene group, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom.
  • Examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (V-1) or (V-2) are shown below.
  • Examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (V-1) or (V-2) include the repeating units described in paragraph [0100] of WO 2018/193954.
  • Resin (A) preferably has a high glass transition temperature (Tg) in order to suppress excessive diffusion of generated acid or pattern collapse during development.
  • Tg is preferably higher than 90° C., more preferably higher than 100° C., even more preferably higher than 110° C., and particularly preferably higher than 125° C.
  • Tg is preferably 400° C. or lower, more preferably 350° C. or lower.
  • Tg of a repeating unit is calculated by the following method.
  • the Tg of a homopolymer consisting of only each repeating unit contained in the polymer is calculated by the Bicerano method.
  • the mass ratio (%) of each repeating unit to the total repeating units in the polymer is calculated.
  • the Tg at each mass ratio is calculated using the Fox formula (described in Materials Letters 62 (2008) 3152, etc.), and these are summed up to obtain the Tg (°C) of the polymer.
  • the Bicerano method is described in Prediction of Polymer Properties, Marcel Dekker Inc., New York (1993).
  • the calculation of Tg by the Bicerano method can be performed using polymer property estimation software MDL Polymer (MDL Information Systems, Inc.).
  • Methods for reducing the mobility of the main chain of the resin (A) include the following methods (a) to (e). (a) Introduction of a bulky substituent into the main chain; (b) Introduction of a plurality of substituents into the main chain; (c) Introduction of a substituent inducing an interaction between resins (A) in the vicinity of the main chain; (d) Formation of a main chain with a cyclic structure; (e) Linking of a cyclic structure to the main chain.
  • resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit showing a homopolymer Tg of 130° C. or higher.
  • the type of repeating unit exhibiting a homopolymer Tg of 130° C. or higher is not particularly limited, and may be any repeating unit exhibiting a homopolymer Tg of 130° C. or higher as calculated by the Bicerano method.
  • the repeating unit may be one exhibiting a homopolymer Tg of 130° C. or higher.
  • One example of a specific means for achieving the above (a) is to introduce a repeating unit represented by formula (A) into resin (A).
  • R represents a group containing a polycyclic structure.
  • Rx represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group.
  • the group containing a polycyclic structure is a group containing a plurality of ring structures, and the plurality of ring structures may be condensed or not condensed.
  • Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (A) include those described in paragraphs [0107] to [0119] of WO 2018/193954.
  • R b1 to R b4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and at least two of R b1 to R b4 represent an organic group.
  • the type of the other organic groups is not particularly limited.
  • at least two of the organic groups are substituents having three or more constituent atoms excluding hydrogen atoms.
  • Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (B) include those described in paragraphs [0113] to [0115] of WO 2018/193954.
  • R c1 to R c4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and at least one of R c1 to R c4 is a group containing a hydrogen-bonding hydrogen atom within three atoms from a main chain carbon.
  • R c1 to R c4 is a group containing a hydrogen-bonding hydrogen atom within three atoms from a main chain carbon.
  • Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (C) include those described in paragraphs [0119] to [0121] of WO 2018/193954.
  • Cyclic represents a group forming a main chain with a cyclic structure.
  • the number of constituent atoms of the ring is not particularly limited.
  • Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (D) include those described in paragraphs [0126] to [0127] of WO 2018/193954.
  • each Re independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • the organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group, each of which may have a substituent.
  • Cyclic refers to a cyclic group containing carbon atoms in the main chain. The number of atoms contained in the cyclic group is not particularly limited. Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (E) include those described in paragraphs [0131] to [0133] of WO 2018/193954.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having at least one type of group selected from a lactone group, a sultone group, a carbonate group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and an alkali-soluble group.
  • the repeating unit having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group contained in the resin (A) include the repeating units described above in ⁇ Repeat units having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group>.
  • the preferred content is also as described above in ⁇ Repeat units having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group>.
  • the resin (A) may contain a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group, which improves the adhesion to the substrate and the affinity for the developer.
  • the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group.
  • the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group preferably does not have an acid-decomposable group. Examples of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group include those described in paragraphs [0081] to [0084] of JP2014-098921A.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group.
  • the alkali-soluble group include a carboxyl group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, a bissulfonylimide group, and an aliphatic alcohol group (e.g., a hexafluoroisopropanol group) substituted at the ⁇ -position with an electron-withdrawing group, with the carboxyl group being preferred.
  • the resin (A) contains a repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group, which increases the resolution in contact hole applications. Examples of the repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group include those described in paragraphs [0085] and [0086] of JP 2014-098921 A.
  • Resin (A) may have an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and a repeating unit that does not exhibit acid decomposability. This can reduce elution of low molecular weight components from the resist film into the immersion liquid during immersion exposure.
  • repeating units that have an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and do not exhibit acid decomposability include repeating units derived from 1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, diamantyl (meth)acrylate, tricyclodecanyl (meth)acrylate, or cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit represented by formula (III) which has neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group.
  • R5 represents a hydrocarbon group having at least one cyclic structure and having neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group.
  • Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a -CH 2 -O-Ra 2 group, where Ra 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an acyl group.
  • Examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (III) that does not have either a hydroxyl group or a cyano group include those described in paragraphs [0087] to [0094] of JP2014-098921A.
  • resin (A) may have various repeating structural units for the purpose of adjusting dry etching resistance, suitability for standard developing solutions, substrate adhesion, resist profile, resolution, heat resistance, sensitivity, etc.
  • the resin (A) particularly when the composition of the present invention is used as an ArF actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, it is preferable that all of the repeating units are composed of repeating units derived from a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. In particular, it is also preferable that all of the repeating units are composed of (meth)acrylate-based repeating units.
  • any of the repeating units in which all of the repeating units are methacrylate-based repeating units, all of the repeating units are acrylate-based repeating units, or all of the repeating units are a mixture of methacrylate-based repeating units and acrylate-based repeating units can be used, and it is preferable that the acrylate-based repeating units account for 50 mol% or less of the total repeating units.
  • the resin (A) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin (A), as calculated in terms of polystyrene by the GPC method, is preferably 30,000 or less, more preferably 1,000 to 30,000, even more preferably 3,000 to 30,000, and particularly preferably 5,000 to 15,000.
  • the dispersity (molecular weight distribution, Pd, Mw/Mn) of the resin (A) is preferably from 1 to 5, more preferably from 1 to 3, even more preferably from 1.2 to 3.0, and particularly preferably from 1.2 to 2.0. The smaller the dispersity, the better the resolution and resist shape, and furthermore, the smoother the sidewalls of the resist pattern are, and the better the roughness.
  • the content of the resin (A) is preferably from 40.0 to 99.9 mass %, more preferably from 60.0 to 90.0 mass %, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
  • Resin (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more resins are used, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned suitable content range.
  • composition of the present invention contains a salt (B) having a cation radical structure (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “salt (B)").
  • salt (B) has a cation radical structure and thus has a radical scavenging function. Therefore, it is presumed that salt (B) can capture radicals generated in the system upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and as a result, inhibit the diffusion of acid. In other words, salt (B) can function as an acid diffusion control agent in the composition of the present invention.
  • salt (B) is not particularly limited as long as it has a cation radical structure, but it is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (B-1) or general formula (B-2).
  • Rb 1 to Rb 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a thiol group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an amino group, a heteroaryl group, a carbonyl group, a cyano group, or a group consisting of a combination thereof, and may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • a 1 - represents a counter anion.
  • Examples of the alkyl group represented by Rb 1 to Rb 4 include linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
  • alkenyl group represented by Rb 1 to Rb 4 examples include linear or branched alkenyl groups having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and linear or branched alkenyl groups having 2 to 4 carbon atoms are preferred.
  • alkynyl group represented by Rb 1 to Rb 4 examples include linear or branched alkynyl groups having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and linear or branched alkynyl groups having 2 to 4 carbon atoms are preferred.
  • Examples of the aryl group represented by Rb 1 to Rb 4 include aryl groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably aryl groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group represented by Rb 1 to Rb 4 examples include the alkyl groups as Rb 1 to Rb 4 described above, and preferred examples are also the same.
  • alkyl group contained in the alkylthio group represented by Rb 1 to Rb 4 examples include the alkyl groups as Rb 1 to Rb 4 described above, and preferred examples thereof are also the same.
  • Examples of the aryl group contained in the arylthio group represented by Rb 1 to Rb 4 include the aryl groups as Rb 1 to Rb 4 described above, and preferred examples thereof are also the same.
  • the heteroaryl group represented by Rb 1 to Rb 4 preferably contains at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, and an oxygen atom.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the heteroaryl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 to 20, and more preferably 3 to 15.
  • the heteroaryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the heteroaryl group include a thienyl group, a furanyl group, a pyrrole group, an oxazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, an imidazolyl group, a pyridinyl group, an isothiazolyl group, and a thiadiazolyl group.
  • the group formed by combining two or more of these is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include a group formed by combining a carbonyl group with at least one group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, and an alkoxy group.
  • Rb 1 to Rb 4 may further have a substituent.
  • Examples of the further substituent include the groups described above as Rb 1 to Rb 4 .
  • Rb 1 to Rb 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • Rb 1 and Rb 2 or Rb 3 and Rb 4 are bonded to form a ring, and either of them may be used.
  • the ring formed by bonding Rb 1 to Rb 4 together may be a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring, and may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring.
  • the ring formed by bonding Rb 1 to Rb 4 to each other is preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring.
  • the aromatic ring may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic hetero ring.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a benzene ring.
  • the aromatic heterocycle is preferably an aromatic heterocycle containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, and an oxygen atom, and examples thereof include a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyridine ring, an isothiazole ring, and a thiadiazole ring.
  • the non-aromatic ring may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or an aliphatic hetero ring.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring include cycloalkane rings such as a cyclopentane ring, a cyclohexane ring, and a cycloheptane ring, and cycloalkene rings such as a cyclohexene ring.
  • Examples thereof include a ring formed by a -Y-(CH 2 ) n -Y- group (Y represents a sulfur atom or an oxygen atom, and n represents an integer of 1 to 3) together with two adjacent carbon atoms in the five-membered ring clearly shown in general formula (B-1) (specifically, the carbon atom to which Rb 1 is bonded and the carbon atom to which Rb 2 is bonded, or the carbon atom to which Rb 3 is bonded and the carbon atom to which Rb 4 is bonded).
  • the ring formed by bonding Rb 1 to Rb 4 together may further have a substituent.
  • Examples of the further substituent include the groups described above for Rb 1 to Rb 4 .
  • a 1 - represents a counter anion.
  • the counter anion in the general formula (B-1) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include organic anions such as sulfonate anion, carboxylate anion, sulfonylimide anion, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion. Among these, a carboxylate anion or a sulfonate anion is preferable.
  • the counter anion structure is more preferably a structure represented by any one of the following general formulas (AN1) to (AN3).
  • a Q1 - represents a carboxylate anion or a sulfonate anion.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • L Q1 represents a divalent linking group.
  • R 3 represents an organic group.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, but is preferably a group that is not an electron-withdrawing group.
  • Examples of the group that is not an electron-withdrawing group include a hydrocarbon group, a hydroxyl group, an oxyhydrocarbon group, an oxycarbonylhydrocarbon group, an amino group, a hydrocarbon-substituted amino group, and a hydrocarbon-substituted amide group.
  • the groups which are not electron-withdrawing groups are preferably each independently -R', -OH, -OR', -OCOR', -NH 2 , -NR' 2 , -NHR' or -NHCOR', where R' is a monovalent hydrocarbon group.
  • Examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by R' include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl; alkenyl groups such as ethenyl, propenyl, and butenyl; alkynyl groups such as ethynyl, propynyl, and butynyl; cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbornyl, and adamantyl; cycloalkenyl groups such as cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, and norbornenyl; aryl groups such as phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, mesityl, naphthyl, methylnaphthyl, anthryl, and methylanthryl; and aralkyl groups such as benzyl, phenethy
  • LQ1 represents a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group include -O-CO-O-, -COO-, -CONH-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene groups (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), cycloalkylene groups (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), alkenylene groups (preferably having 2 to 6 carbon atoms), and divalent linking groups combining a plurality of these.
  • the divalent linking group is preferably -O-CO-O-, -COO-, -CONH-, -CO-, -O-, -SO 2 -, -O-CO-O-alkylene group-, -COO-alkylene group-, or -CONH-alkylene group-, and more preferably -O-CO-O-, -O-CO-O-alkylene group-, -COO-, -CONH-, -SO 2 -, or -COO-alkylene group-.
  • L Q1 is, for example, preferably a group represented by the following formula (AN1-1). * a - ( CR2a2 ) X - Q - ( CR2b2 ) Y - * b (AN1-1)
  • * a represents the bonding position to R 3 in general formula (AN1).
  • * b represents the bonding position to --C(R 1 )(R 2 )-- in formula (AN1).
  • X and Y each independently represent an integer of 0 to 10, and preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
  • R 2a and R 2b each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. When a plurality of R 2a and a plurality of R 2b are present, the plurality of R 2a and R 2b may be the same or different. However, when Y is 1 or more, R 2b in CR 2b 2 directly bonded to —C(R 1 )(R 2 )— in general formula (AN1) is other than a fluorine atom.
  • Q represents * A -O-CO-O-* B , * A -CO-* B , * A -CO-O-* B , * A -O-CO-* B , * A -O-* B , * A -S-* B , or * A - SO2- * B .
  • Q represents * A -O-CO-O-* B , * A -CO-* B , * A -O-CO-* B , * A -O-* B , * A -S-* B or * A - SO2- * B .
  • * A represents the bonding position on the R3 side in general formula (AN1)
  • * B represents the bonding position on the --SO 3 -- side in general formula (AN1).
  • R3 represents an organic group.
  • the organic group is not particularly limited as long as it has one or more carbon atoms, and may be a linear group (e.g., a linear alkyl group), a branched group (e.g., a branched alkyl group such as a t-butyl group), or a cyclic group.
  • the organic group may or may not have a substituent.
  • the organic group may or may not have a heteroatom (such as an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and/or a nitrogen atom).
  • R3 is preferably an organic group having a cyclic structure.
  • the cyclic structure may be a monocyclic or polycyclic ring and may have a substituent.
  • the ring in the organic group having a cyclic structure is preferably directly bonded to LQ1 in general formula (AN1).
  • the organic group having a cyclic structure may or may not have a heteroatom (such as an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and/or a nitrogen atom), for example.
  • the heteroatom may substitute for one or more of the carbon atoms forming the cyclic structure.
  • the organic group having a cyclic structure is preferably, for example, a hydrocarbon group having a cyclic structure, a lactone ring group, or a sultone ring group, and among these, the organic group having a cyclic structure is preferably a hydrocarbon group having a cyclic structure.
  • the cyclic hydrocarbon group is preferably a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group, which may have a substituent.
  • the cycloalkyl group may be a monocyclic group (such as a cyclohexyl group) or a polycyclic group (such as an adamantyl group), and preferably has 5 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • a Q2 - represents a carboxylate anion or a sulfonate anion.
  • Xf represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, or an organic group having no fluorine atom.
  • R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • L Q2 represents a divalent linking group.
  • W represents an organic group.
  • o represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • p represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • q represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • a plurality of Xf may be the same as or different from each other.
  • p represents an integer of 2 or more
  • R 4 and R 5 may be the same as or different from each other.
  • q represents an integer of 2 or more
  • a plurality of L Q2 may be the same as or
  • Xf represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, or an organic group having no fluorine atom.
  • the number of carbon atoms in this alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 4.
  • the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a fluorine atom or CF3 , and further preferably both Xf are fluorine atoms.
  • R4 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. When a plurality of R4s and R5s are present, R4s and R5s may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group represented by R4 and R5 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent.
  • R4 and R5 are preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • LQ2 represents a divalent linking group, and is defined the same as LQ1 in formula (AN1).
  • W represents an organic group containing a cyclic structure, and is preferably a cyclic organic group.
  • the cyclic organic group include an alicyclic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the alicyclic group may be a monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the monocyclic alicyclic group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • polycyclic alicyclic group examples include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • the aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, and an anthryl group.
  • the heterocyclic group may be a single ring or a polycyclic ring. In particular, when the heterocyclic group is a polycyclic ring, the diffusion of the acid can be further suppressed.
  • the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity.
  • heterocyclic rings having aromaticity examples include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring.
  • heterocyclic rings not having aromaticity include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, a sultone ring, a piperidine ring, a piperazine ring, and a decahydroisoquinoline ring.
  • the heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group is preferably a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring.
  • the cyclic organic group may have a substituent.
  • substituents include an alkyl group (which may be either linear or branched, and preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (which may be either monocyclic, polycyclic, or spirocyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms), an aryl group (which preferably has 6 to 14 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an amide group, a urethane group, a ureido group, a thioether group, a sulfonamide group, and a sulfonate ester group.
  • the carbon that constitutes the cyclic organic group (the carbon that contributes to the ring formation) may be a carbonyl carbon.
  • the anion represented by the general formula (AN2) is, for example, A Q2A - -CF 2 -CH 2 -OCO-(L Q2 ) q' -W, A Q2A - -CF 2 -CHF-CH 2 -OCO-(L Q2 ) q' -W, A Q3 - -CF 2 -COO-(L Q2 ) q' -W, A Q3 - -CF 2 -CF 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -(L Q2 ) q -W, A Q2A - -CF 2 -(L Q2 ) q -W, A Q2A - -CF 2 -(L Q2 ) q -W, A Q2A - -CF 2 -CF 2 -CF 2 -(L Q2 ) q -W, or A Q2A - -CF 2 -CH(CF 3 )-OCO-(L Q2 )
  • a Q3 - represents a carboxylate anion or a sulfonate anion.
  • Ar represents an aromatic group.
  • n and m represent integers of 0 or more.
  • D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • B represents a hydrocarbon group.
  • E represents a substituent other than a carboxylate anion, a sulfonate anion, and a -(D-B) group.
  • n represents an integer of 2 or more
  • a plurality of Ds and Bs may be the same as or different from each other.
  • m represents an integer of 2 or more
  • a plurality of Es may be the same as or different from each other.
  • Ar represents an aromatic group.
  • the aromatic group is preferably an aryl group (e.g., a phenyl group).
  • n and m represent integers of 0 or more.
  • n is preferably 0 to 4, and more preferably 0 to 3.
  • m is preferably 0 to 3, and more preferably 0 to 2.
  • D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • divalent linking groups include ether groups, thioether groups, carbonyl groups, sulfoxide groups, sulfone groups, sulfonate ester groups, ester groups, and groups consisting of combinations of two or more of these.
  • B represents a hydrocarbon group.
  • B is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and more preferably a branched alkyl group such as an isopropyl group, a cycloalkyl group such as a cyclohexyl group, or an aryl group which may further have a substituent (eg, a tricyclohexylphenyl group).
  • E represents a substituent other than a carboxylate anion, a sulfonate anion, and a -(D-B) group.
  • substituents include a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group.
  • the anion represented by the general formula (AN3) may be a benzenesulfonate anion, and is preferably a benzenesulfonate anion substituted with a branched alkyl group or cycloalkyl group.
  • the anion represented by formula (AN3) may be a benzoate anion.
  • the benzoate anion may further have a substituent.
  • Examples of the counter anion A 1 ⁇ also include anions represented by the following formulas (d1-1) to (d1-4).
  • R 51 represents a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent (for example, a hydroxyl group).
  • the hydrocarbon group may be linear or branched, or may have a cyclic structure.
  • Z 2c represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (with the proviso that the carbon atom adjacent to S is not substituted with a fluorine atom).
  • the hydrocarbon group in Z 2c may be linear or branched, or may have a cyclic structure.
  • a carbon atom in the hydrocarbon group (preferably, when the hydrocarbon group has a cyclic structure, a carbon atom that is a ring atom) may be a carbonyl carbon (-CO-).
  • Examples of the hydrocarbon group include a group having a norbornyl group which may have a substituent.
  • the carbon atom forming the norbornyl group may be a carbonyl carbon.
  • R 51 -COO - " in formula (d1-1) and “Z 2c -SO 3 - " in formula (d1-2) are different from the anions represented by the above formulae (AN1) to (AN3).
  • R 51 and Z 2c are other than an aryl group.
  • the atoms at the ⁇ -position and the ⁇ -position relative to -SO 3 - are preferably atoms other than a carbon atom having a fluorine atom as a substituent.
  • the atom at the ⁇ -position and/or the atom at the ⁇ -position relative to -SO 3 - in Z 2c is a ring member atom in a cyclic group.
  • R 52 represents an organic group (preferably a hydrocarbon group having a fluorine atom)
  • Y 3 represents a linear, branched, or cyclic alkylene group, an arylene group, or a carbonyl group
  • Rf represents a hydrocarbon group
  • R 53 and R 54 each independently represent an organic group (preferably a hydrocarbon group having a fluorine atom), and R 53 and R 54 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the counter anion A 1 ⁇ may have a group which is decomposed by the action of an acid, and may be an anion represented by the following general formula (cN1).
  • L c1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • a c1 represents a group which is decomposed by the action of an acid.
  • n c represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  • Xc represents an (n+1)-valent linking group.
  • Lc1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L c1 include -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, hydrocarbon groups (e.g., alkylene groups, cycloalkylene groups, alkenylene groups, and arylene groups), and linking groups in which a plurality of these are linked together.
  • L c1 is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, -arylene group-alkylene group having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom-, a -COO-Rt- group, or a -O-Rt- group.
  • Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
  • the arylene group is preferably a phenylene group.
  • the alkylene group may be linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the total number of fluorine atoms and iodine atoms contained in the alkylene group having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2 to 10, and even more preferably 3 to 6.
  • Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a -CH 2 - group, a -(CH 2 ) 2 - group, or a -(CH 2 ) 3 - group.
  • Lc1 is particularly preferably an arylene group, an alkylene group, or a single bond, and most preferably a phenylene group or a single bond.
  • a c1 represents a group which is decomposed by the action of an acid.
  • the group that is decomposed by the action of an acid preferably has a structure in which a polar group is protected with a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid (a leaving group).
  • Examples of the polar group include the polar groups described in the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group of the above-mentioned resin (A). Among them, a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), or a sulfonic acid group is preferred, and a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group is more preferred.
  • Examples of the group that is eliminated by the action of an acid include the groups represented by the formulae (Y1) to (Y4) described in the above resin (A).
  • nc represents an integer from 1 to 5. nc is preferably an integer from 1 to 3.
  • Xc represents an (n+1)-valent linking group.
  • Xc is preferably an aromatic ring group, more preferably an aromatic ring group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and further preferably a benzene ring group.
  • the anion represented by the above general formula (cN1) is more preferably an anion represented by the following general formula (cN2).
  • L c1 , A c1 and nc have the same meanings as L c1 , A c1 and nc in general formula (cN1) described above, and preferred examples are also the same.
  • the compound represented by general formula (B-1) can be synthesized by referring to known methods, for example, the methods described in Chem. Lett. 1994, 23, 1827-1828 and J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2001, 123, 3852-3853. Specific synthesis examples are shown in the examples described later.
  • Rb 5 to Rb 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a thiol group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an amino group, a carbonyl group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a group consisting of a combination thereof.
  • Rb 13 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or an aryl group.
  • X represents -S-, -O-, or -NRb 14 -.
  • Rb 14 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or an aryl group. Rb 5 to Rb 14 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. A 2 - represents a counter anion.
  • alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, alkoxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, and groups consisting of combinations thereof represented by Rb5 to Rb12 include the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, alkoxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, and groups consisting of combinations thereof represented by Rb1 to Rb4 described above, and preferred examples are also the same.
  • Rb 5 to Rb 12 may further have a substituent.
  • Examples of the further substituent include the groups described above as Rb 1 to Rb 4 .
  • Examples of the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, and aryl group represented by Rb13 include the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, and aryl group represented by Rb1 to Rb4 described above, and preferred examples are also the same.
  • Rb 13 may further have a substituent.
  • Examples of the further substituent include each of the groups as Rb 1 to Rb 4 described above.
  • X represents -S-, -O-, or -NRb 14 -, where Rb 14 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or an aryl group.
  • Rb 14 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or an aryl group.
  • Examples of the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, and aryl group represented by Rb 14 include the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, and aryl group represented by Rb 1 to Rb 4 described above, and preferred examples are also the same.
  • Rb 5 to Rb 14 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring formed by bonding Rb 5 to Rb 14 to each other may be a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring, and may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic hetero ring.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a benzene ring.
  • the aromatic heterocycle is preferably an aromatic heterocycle containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, and an oxygen atom, and examples thereof include a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyridine ring, an isothiazole ring, and a thiadiazole ring.
  • the non-aromatic ring may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or an aliphatic hetero ring.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring include cycloalkane rings such as a cyclohexane ring, and cycloalkene rings such as a cyclohexene ring.
  • the ring formed by bonding Rb 5 to Rb 14 together may further have a substituent.
  • Examples of the further substituent include the groups described above for Rb 1 to Rb 4 .
  • a 2 - represents a counter anion.
  • Examples of the counter anion represented by A 2 - include the counter anions represented by A 1 - described above, and preferred examples are also the same.
  • the compound represented by general formula (B-2) can be synthesized by referring to known methods. Specific synthesis examples are shown in the examples described below.
  • the salt (B) is typically a compound having a cation radical structure and a counter anion.
  • Examples of the counter anion include the counter anions represented by A 1 - described above, and preferred examples thereof are also the same.
  • the salt (B) preferably has a carboxylate anion or a sulfonate anion as a counter anion. It is preferable that A 1 ⁇ in the above general formula (B-1) or A 2 ⁇ in the above general formula (B-2) is represented by any one of the above general formulas (AN1) to (AN3).
  • the content of the salt (B) is preferably from 0.1 to 40.0 mass%, more preferably from 1.0 to 25.0 mass%, and particularly preferably from 1.0 to 15.0 mass%, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
  • the salt (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned suitable content range.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains a compound (photoacid generator) that generates an acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
  • the photoacid generator may be in the form of a low molecular weight compound, or may be incorporated into a part of a polymer.
  • the photoacid generator may be in the form of a low molecular weight compound and in the form of a polymer in combination.
  • the molecular weight of the photoacid generator is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1000 or less.
  • the photoacid generator is in a form in which it is incorporated into a part of a polymer, it may be incorporated into a part of the resin (A) or into a resin different from the resin (A).
  • the photoacid generator is preferably in the form of a low molecular weight compound.
  • the photoacid generator is preferably a compound that generates an acid having a pKa of ⁇ 2.0 or more upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and more preferably a compound that generates an acid having a pKa of ⁇ 2.0 or more and 1.0 or less.
  • photoacid generators include compounds (onium salts) represented by "M + X - ", and are preferably compounds that generate an organic acid upon exposure to light.
  • organic acid include sulfonic acids (aliphatic sulfonic acids, aromatic sulfonic acids, camphorsulfonic acids, etc.), carboxylic acids (aliphatic carboxylic acids, aromatic carboxylic acids, aralkyl carboxylic acids, etc.), carbonylsulfonylimide acids, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide acids, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide acids.
  • sulfonic acids aliphatic sulfonic acids, aromatic sulfonic acids, camphorsulfonic acids, etc.
  • carboxylic acids aliphatic carboxylic acids, aromatic carboxylic acids, aralkyl carboxylic acids, etc.
  • carbonylsulfonylimide acids bis(alkylsulfonyl)
  • M + represents an organic cation.
  • the organic cation is not particularly limited, and the valence of the organic cation may be monovalent or divalent or higher.
  • the organic cation is preferably a cation represented by formula (ZaI) (hereinafter also referred to as “cation (ZaI)”) or a cation represented by formula (ZaII) (hereinafter also referred to as “cation (ZaII)").
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the organic group represented by R 201 , R 202 , and R 203 is preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 20. Any two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group.
  • Examples of the group formed by bonding any two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (e.g., a butylene group and a pentylene group) and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -.
  • alkylene group e.g., a butylene group and a pentylene group
  • Suitable embodiments of the organic cation in formula (ZaI) include cation (ZaI-1), cation (ZaI-2), cation (ZaI-3b), and cation (ZaI-4b), which will be described later.
  • the cation (ZaI-1) is an arylsulfonium cation in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in the above formula (ZaI) is an aryl group.
  • the arylsulfonium cation all of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups, or some of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups, with the remainder being alkyl groups or cycloalkyl groups.
  • R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remaining two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, which may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group in the ring.
  • Examples of the group formed by bonding two of R 201 to R 203 include alkylene groups in which one or more methylene groups may be substituted with oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, ester groups, amide groups, and/or carbonyl groups (e.g., butylene group, pentylene group, and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -).
  • Arylsulfonium cations include triarylsulfonium cations, diarylalkylsulfonium cations, aryldialkylsulfonium cations, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium cations, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium cations.
  • the aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium cation is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure with an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom.
  • the heterocyclic structure may include a pyrrole residue, a furan residue, a thiophene residue, an indole residue, a benzofuran residue, and a benzothiophene residue.
  • the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group which the arylsulfonium cation optionally has is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, or a cyclohexyl group.
  • Preferred substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 may have are alkyl groups (e.g., 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl groups (e.g., 3 to 15 carbon atoms), aryl groups (e.g., 6 to 14 carbon atoms), alkoxy groups (e.g., 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkylalkoxy groups (e.g., 1 to 15 carbon atoms), halogen atoms (e.g., fluorine and iodine), hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, ester groups, sulfinyl groups, sulfonyl groups, alkylthio groups, or phenylthio groups.
  • alkyl groups e.g., 1 to 15 carbon atoms
  • cycloalkyl groups e.g., 3 to 15 carbon atoms
  • aryl groups e
  • the above-mentioned substituent may further have a substituent if possible, and it is also preferable that the above-mentioned alkyl group has a halogen atom as a substituent to form a halogenated alkyl group such as a trifluoromethyl group. It is also preferred that the above-mentioned substituents are combined in any desired manner to form an acid-decomposable group.
  • the acid-decomposable group is intended to be a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and is preferably a structure in which the polar group is protected by a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
  • the polar group and the elimination group are as described above.
  • the cation (ZaI-2) is a cation in which R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZaI) each independently represent an organic group not having an aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring also includes an aromatic ring containing a heteroatom.
  • the organic group not having an aromatic ring represented by R 201 to R 203 preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, or an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group, and still more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.
  • Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 include linear alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or branched alkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and pentyl groups), and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and norbornyl groups).
  • R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (eg, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group. It is also preferred that the substituents of R 201 to R 203 each independently form an acid-decomposable group through any combination of the substituents.
  • the cation (ZaI-3b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-3b).
  • R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an alkylthio group, or an arylthio group.
  • R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (eg, a t-butyl group), a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an aryl group.
  • R x and R y each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group. It is also preferred that the substituents of R 1c to R 7c and R x and R y each independently form an acid-decomposable group through any combination of the substituents.
  • R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and each of these rings may independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
  • the ring include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic condensed ring formed by combining two or more of these rings.
  • the ring include a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • the group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y includes alkylene groups such as butylene and pentylene, in which the methylene group may be substituted with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom.
  • the groups formed by combining R5c and R6c , and R5c and Rx are preferably a single bond or an alkylene group. Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.
  • R 1c to R 5c , R 6c , R 7c , R x , R y , and any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may each have a substituent.
  • the cation (ZaI-4b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-4b).
  • R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (e.g., a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a group containing a cycloalkyl group (which may be a cycloalkyl group itself or a group containing a cycloalkyl group as a part). These groups may have a substituent.
  • a halogen atom e.g., a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.
  • R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (e.g., a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group,
  • R 14 represents a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (e.g., a fluorine atom and an iodine atom, etc.), an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a group containing a cycloalkyl group (may be a cycloalkyl group itself or a group containing a cycloalkyl group as a part). These groups may have a substituent.
  • a halogen atom e.g., a fluorine atom and an iodine atom, etc.
  • Each R 15 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group. Two R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When two R 15 are bonded to each other to form a ring, the ring skeleton may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. In one embodiment, it is preferable that two R 15 are alkylene groups and are bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
  • the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the naphthyl group, and the ring formed by bonding two R 15 to each other may have a substituent.
  • the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 may be linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group, a t-butyl group or the like. It is also preferred that each of the substituents R 13 to R 15 and R x and R y independently form an acid-decomposable group through any combination of the substituents.
  • R 204 and R 205 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 204 and R 205 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocycle with an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocycle include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, or a pentyl group), or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group).
  • a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms e.g., a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, or a pentyl group
  • a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms e.g
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may each independently have a substituent.
  • substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have include an alkyl group (e.g., having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (e.g., having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (e.g., having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (e.g., having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group. It is also preferable that the substituents of R 204 and R 205 each independently form an acid-decomposable group by any combination of the substituents.
  • X - represents an organic anion.
  • the organic anion is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include monovalent or divalent or higher organic anions.
  • anions having a significantly low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction are preferred, and non-nucleophilic anions are more preferred.
  • non-nucleophilic anions examples include sulfonate anions (aliphatic sulfonate anions, aromatic sulfonate anions, camphorsulfonate anions, etc.), carboxylate anions (aliphatic carboxylate anions, aromatic carboxylate anions, aralkyl carboxylate anions, etc.), sulfonylimide anions, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anions, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anions.
  • the aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and the aliphatic carboxylate anion may be a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, and is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may be, for example, a fluoroalkyl group (which may have a substituent other than a fluorine atom, or may be a perfluoroalkyl group).
  • the aryl group in the aromatic sulfonate anion and aromatic carboxylate anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group listed above may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, but examples include a nitro group, a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an alkylthio group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon
  • the aralkyl group in the aralkyl carboxylate anion is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the aralkyl group having 7 to 14 carbon atoms include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a naphthylethyl group, and a naphthylbutyl group.
  • sulfonylimide anion is the saccharin anion.
  • the alkyl group in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion and the tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • substituent on these alkyl groups include a halogen atom, an alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkyloxysulfonyl group, an aryloxysulfonyl group, and a cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl group, and a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferred.
  • the alkyl groups in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, which increases the acid strength.
  • non-nucleophilic anions include, for example, phosphorus fluorides (eg, PF 6 ⁇ ), boron fluorides (eg, BF 4 ⁇ ), and antimony fluorides (eg, SbF 6 ⁇ ).
  • Preferred non-nucleophilic anions are aliphatic sulfonate anions in which at least the ⁇ -position of the sulfonic acid is substituted with a fluorine atom, aromatic sulfonate anions substituted with a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anions in which an alkyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom, or tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anions in which an alkyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • perfluoroaliphatic sulfonate anions preferably having 4 to 8 carbon atoms
  • benzenesulfonate anions having a fluorine atom are more preferable
  • nonafluorobutanesulfonate anions, perfluorooctanesulfonate anions, pentafluorobenzenesulfonate anions, or 3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonate anions are even more preferable.
  • anions corresponding to a sulfonate anion i.e., an anion in which A Q1 - in general formula (AN1) is a sulfonate anion, an anion in which A Q2 - in general formula (AN2) is a sulfonate anion, and an anion in which A Q3 - in general formula (AN3) is a sulfonate anion are also preferred.
  • the non-nucleophilic anion is also preferably a disulfonamide anion.
  • An example of a disulfonamide anion is an anion represented by N ⁇ (SO 2 —R q ) 2 .
  • R q represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, preferably a fluoroalkyl group, more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • Two R q may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the group formed by bonding two R q to each other is preferably an alkylene group which may have a substituent, preferably a fluoroalkylene group, more preferably a perfluoroalkylene group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group is preferably 2 to 4.
  • non-nucleophilic anions include the anions represented by the above formulas (d1-1) to (d1-4).
  • the organic anion may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Preferred examples include the organic anions given as specific examples of the counter ion A 1 - in the compound represented by general formula (B-1) as the salt (B) and the counter ion A 2 - in the compound represented by general formula (B-2).
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains a salt (C) having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid, and more preferably contains a compound represented by the following general formula (c1) as a photoacid generator.
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • A represents a group which is decomposed by the action of an acid.
  • n c represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  • Xc represents an (n+1)-valent linking group.
  • Mc + represents a sulfonium ion or an iodonium ion.
  • L, A, nc, and Xc in formula (c1) have the same meanings as L c1 , A c1 , nc, and Xc in formula (cN1) above, and preferred examples are also the same.
  • Mc + represents a sulfonium ion or an iodonium ion.
  • the sulfonium ion and the iodonium ion include the cations represented by the above formula (ZaI) and formula (ZaII), and among these, the above cations (ZaI-1), (ZaI-2), (ZaI-3b), and (ZaI-4b) are preferred.
  • the compound represented by the above general formula (c1) is more preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (c2):
  • L, A, nc, and Mc + have the same meanings as L, A, nc, and Mc + in the general formula (c1), and preferred examples thereof are also the same.
  • the photoacid generator is at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds (I) to (II).
  • Compound (I) is a compound having one or more structural moieties X and one or more structural moieties Y, which generates an acid containing a first acidic moiety derived from the structural moiety X and a second acidic moiety derived from the structural moiety Y when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation:
  • Structural moiety X a structural moiety consisting of an anionic moiety A 1 - and a cationic moiety M 1 + , which forms a first acidic moiety represented by HA 1 when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
  • Structural moiety Y a structural moiety consisting of an anionic moiety A 2 - and a cationic moiety M 2 + , which forms a second acidic moiety represented by HA 2 when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the compound (I) satisfies the following condition I.
  • Compound PI which is obtained by replacing the cationic moiety M 1 + in the structural moiety X and the cationic moiety M 2 + in the structural moiety Y in compound (I) with H + , has an acid dissociation constant a1 derived from the acidic moiety represented by HA 1 , which is obtained by replacing the cationic moiety M 1 + in the structural moiety X with H + , and an acid dissociation constant a2 derived from the acidic moiety represented by HA 2 , which is obtained by replacing the cationic moiety M 2 + in the structural moiety Y with H + , and the acid dissociation constant a2 is greater than the acid dissociation constant a1.
  • Examples of the compound (I) include the compound (I) described in paragraphs [0176] to [0280] of WO 2022/024928.
  • Compound (II) is a compound having two or more of the above structural moieties X and one or more of the following structural moieties Z, and is a compound that generates an acid containing two or more of the first acidic moieties derived from the structural moiety X and the structural moiety Z when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
  • Structural moiety Z a non-ionic moiety capable of neutralizing an acid
  • Examples of the compound (II) include the compound (II) described in paragraphs [0176] to [0280] of WO 2022/024928.
  • the content of the photoacid generator is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1.0% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention, in order to make the cross-sectional shape of the pattern to be formed more rectangular.
  • the content is preferably 50.0% by mass or less, more preferably 30.0% by mass or less, and even more preferably 25.0% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
  • the photoacid generator may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
  • the composition of the present invention may further comprise an acid diffusion controller (D) different from the above-mentioned salt (B).
  • the acid diffusion controller (D) functions as a quencher that traps the acid generated from the photoacid generator or the like upon exposure and suppresses the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin in the unexposed areas caused by excess acid generated.
  • the type of the acid diffusion controller (D) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a basic compound (DA), a low molecular weight compound (DB) having a nitrogen atom and a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid, and a compound (DC) whose acid diffusion control ability is reduced or lost by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • Examples of the compound (DC) include an onium salt compound (DD) of an acid that is weaker than the acid generated from a photoacid generator (e.g., the salt (C)), and a basic compound (DE) whose basicity is reduced or lost by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • Specific examples of the basic compound (DA) include those described in paragraphs [0132] to [0136] of WO 2020/066824, and specific examples of the low molecular weight compound (DB) having a nitrogen atom and a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid include those described in paragraphs [0156] to [0163] of WO 2020/066824.
  • onium salt compounds (DD) that are relatively weakly acidic relative to the photoacid generator include those described in paragraphs [0305] to [0314] of WO 2020/158337, and specific examples of basic compounds (DE) whose basicity is reduced or eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation include those described in paragraphs [0137] to [0155] of WO 2020/066824, and those described in paragraph [0164] of WO 2020/066824.
  • the content of the acid diffusion controller (D) is preferably 0.1 to 15.0 mass %, more preferably 0.5 to 15.0 mass %, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
  • the acid diffusion controller (D) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • the composition of the present invention may further contain a hydrophobic resin different from the resin (A).
  • the hydrophobic resin is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, but unlike a surfactant, it does not necessarily have to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and does not necessarily have to contribute to uniform mixing of polar and non-polar substances.
  • the effects of adding a hydrophobic resin include control of the static and dynamic contact angle of water on the resist film surface, and suppression of outgassing.
  • the hydrophobic resin preferably has at least one of fluorine atoms, silicon atoms, and CH3 partial structures contained in the side chain portion of the resin, more preferably has at least two of them.
  • the hydrophobic resin preferably has a hydrocarbon group having 5 or more carbon atoms. These groups may be present in the main chain of the resin or may be substituted on the side chain. Examples of hydrophobic resins include the compounds described in paragraphs [0275] to [0279] of WO 2020/004306.
  • the content of the hydrophobic resin is preferably from 0.01 to 20.0 mass %, more preferably from 0.1 to 15.0 mass %, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
  • the hydrophobic resin may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant When the composition contains a surfactant, a pattern having better adhesion and fewer development defects can be formed.
  • the surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant. Examples of fluorine-based and/or silicone-based surfactants include the surfactants disclosed in paragraphs [0218] and [0219] of WO 2018/193954.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably from 0.0001 to 2.0 mass%, more preferably from 0.0005 to 1.0 mass%, and still more preferably from 0.1 to 1.0 mass%, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
  • the surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more surfactants are used, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
  • the solvent preferably contains (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate and (M2) at least one selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactate ester, acetate ester, alkoxypropionate ester, linear ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone, and alkylene carbonate.
  • the solvent may further contain components other than the components (M1) and (M2).
  • the combination of the above-mentioned solvent and the above-mentioned resin is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the coatability of the composition of the present invention and reducing the number of development defects of the pattern.
  • the above-mentioned solvent has a good balance of the solubility, boiling point, and viscosity of the above-mentioned resin, so that it is possible to suppress unevenness in the thickness of the resist film and the occurrence of precipitates during spin coating. Details of the components (M1) and (M2) are described in paragraphs [0218] to [0226] of WO 2020/004306, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the solvent further contains components other than components (M1) and (M2)
  • the content of the components other than components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30 mass % based on the total amount of the solvent.
  • the content of the solvent in the composition of the present invention is preferably determined so that the solids concentration is 0.5 to 30 mass %, and more preferably 1 to 20 mass %. This further improves the applicability of the composition of the present invention.
  • composition of the present invention may further contain a dissolution inhibiting compound, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, and/or a compound that promotes solubility in a developer (for example, a phenol compound having a molecular weight of 1000 or less, or an alicyclic or aliphatic compound containing a carboxyl group).
  • a dissolution inhibiting compound for example, a phenol compound having a molecular weight of 1000 or less, or an alicyclic or aliphatic compound containing a carboxyl group.
  • dissolution-blocking compound is a compound with a molecular weight of 3000 or less that decomposes under the action of acid and reduces its solubility in an organic developer.
  • the composition of the present invention is suitably used as a photosensitive composition for EB or EUV exposure.
  • EUV light has a wavelength of 13.5 nm, which is shorter than ArF light (wavelength 193 nm) and the like, and therefore the number of incident photons is smaller when exposed at the same sensitivity. Therefore, the effect of "photon shot noise," in which the number of photons varies stochastically, is large, leading to deterioration of line edge roughness (LER) and bridge defects.
  • One method of reducing photon shot noise is to increase the exposure dose to increase the number of incident photons, but this is a trade-off with the demand for higher sensitivity.
  • the resist film formed from the resist composition has high absorption efficiency of EUV light and electron beams, which is effective in reducing photon shot noise.
  • the value A represents the absorption efficiency of EUV light and electron beams by mass proportion of the resist film.
  • A ([H] x 0.04 + [C] x 1.0 + [N] x 2.1 + [O] x 3.6 + [F] x 5.6 + [S] x 1.5 + [I] x 39.5) / ([H] x 1 + [C] x 12 + [N] x 14 + [O] x 16 + [F] x 19 + [S] x 32 + [I] x 127)
  • the value A is preferably 0.120 or more.
  • the value A is preferably 0.240 or less, and more preferably 0.220 or less.
  • [H] represents the molar ratio of hydrogen atoms derived from all solids to all atoms in all solids in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
  • [C] represents the molar ratio of carbon atoms derived from all solids to all atoms in all solids in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
  • [N] represents the molar ratio of nitrogen atoms derived from all solids to all atoms in all solids in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
  • [O] represents the molar ratio of nitrogen atoms derived from all solids to all atoms in all solids in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • [F] represents the molar ratio of fluorine atoms derived from all solids to all atoms in all solids in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
  • [S] represents the molar ratio of sulfur atoms derived from all solids to all atoms in all solids in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
  • [I] represents the molar ratio of iodine atoms derived from all solids to all atoms in all solids in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • a resist composition contains an acid-decomposable resin, a photoacid generator, an acid diffusion controller, and a solvent
  • the acid-decomposable resin, the photoacid generator, and the acid diffusion controller correspond to the solid content.
  • the total atoms of the total solid content corresponds to the sum of all atoms derived from the resin, all atoms derived from the photoacid generator, and all atoms derived from the acid diffusion controller.
  • [H] represents the molar ratio of hydrogen atoms derived from all solids to all atoms in the total solids.
  • [H] represents the molar ratio of the sum of hydrogen atoms derived from the acid-decomposable resin, the hydrogen atoms derived from the photoacid generator, and the hydrogen atoms derived from the acid diffusion controller to the sum of all atoms derived from the acid-decomposable resin, the photoacid generator, and the acid diffusion controller.
  • the A value can be calculated by calculating the ratio of the numbers of atoms contained when the structure and content of all solid components in the resist composition are known. Even if the components are unknown, the ratio of the numbers of atoms contained can be calculated by analytical methods such as elemental analysis of the resist film obtained by evaporating the solvent components of the resist composition.
  • the present invention also relates to an actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film formed from the composition of the present invention.
  • the actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film of the present invention is preferably a resist film.
  • the procedure for the pattern formation method using the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but it is preferable that the method comprises the following steps. Step 1: forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention; Step 2: exposing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film; Step 3: developing the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using a developer.
  • Step 1 forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention
  • Step 2 exposing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film
  • Step 3 developing the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using a developer.
  • Step 1 Actinic Ray- or Radiation-Sensitive Film Forming Step
  • Step 1 is a step of forming an actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention.
  • An example of a method for forming an actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention is a method in which the composition of the present invention is coated on a substrate.
  • the composition of the present invention is preferably filtered as necessary before application.
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • the composition of the present invention can be applied by a suitable application method such as a spinner or coater onto a substrate (e.g., silicon, silicon dioxide-coated) such as those used in the manufacture of integrated circuit elements.
  • the application method is preferably spin coating using a spinner.
  • the rotation speed when spin coating using a spinner is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm (rotations per minute).
  • the substrate may be dried to form an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. If necessary, various undercoats (inorganic films, organic films, anti-reflection films) may be formed under the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film.
  • the drying method may be, for example, a method of drying by heating. Heating can be performed by a means provided in a normal exposure machine and/or a developing machine, and may also be performed using a hot plate or the like.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, and even more preferably 80 to 130°C.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, and even more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.
  • the thickness of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 120 nm, since it allows for the formation of fine patterns with higher precision.
  • the thickness of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is more preferably 10 to 65 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 50 nm.
  • the thickness of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is more preferably 10 to 120 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 90 nm.
  • a top coat may be formed on the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film by using a top coat composition. It is preferable that the top coat composition does not mix with the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film and can be uniformly applied to the upper layer of the resist film.
  • the top coat is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known top coat can be formed by a conventionally known method, for example, a top coat can be formed based on the description in paragraphs [0072] to [0082] of JP2014-059543A. For example, it is preferable to form a top coat containing a basic compound such as that described in JP 2013-61648 A on an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film.
  • the basic compound that the top coat may contain include the basic compounds that may be contained in the composition of the present invention. It is also preferred that the top coat contains a compound containing at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a carbonyl bond, and an ester bond.
  • Step 2 is a step of exposing the actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film to light.
  • the exposure method may be a method in which the formed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation through a predetermined mask.
  • Examples of the actinic ray or radiation include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams, preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, and particularly preferably far ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 1 to 200 nm, specifically KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F2 excimer laser (157 nm), EUV (13.5 nm), X-rays, and electron beams.
  • the heating temperature is preferably from 80 to 150°C, more preferably from 80 to 140°C, and even more preferably from 80 to 130°C.
  • the heating time is preferably from 10 to 1,000 seconds, more preferably from 10 to 180 seconds, and even more preferably from 30 to 120 seconds. Heating can be carried out by a means provided in a normal exposure machine and/or developing machine, and may be carried out using a hot plate or the like. This step is also called post-exposure bake.
  • Step 3 is a step of developing the exposed actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film with a developer to form a pattern.
  • the developer may be an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter, also referred to as an organic developer).
  • Examples of the developing method include a method of immersing a substrate in a tank filled with a developing solution for a certain period of time (dip method), a method of piling up the developing solution on the substrate surface by surface tension and leaving it to stand for a certain period of time to develop (paddle method), a method of spraying the developing solution on the substrate surface (spray method), and a method of continuously discharging the developing solution while scanning a developing solution discharge nozzle at a constant speed onto a substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispense method).
  • dip method dip method
  • spray method a method of spraying the developing solution on the substrate surface
  • dynamic dispense method a method of continuously discharging the developing solution while scanning a developing solution discharge nozzle at a constant speed onto a substrate rotating at a constant speed
  • the development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed area is sufficiently dissolved, and is preferably from 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably from 20 to 120 seconds.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably from 0 to 50°C, and more preferably from 15 to 35°C.
  • the alkaline developer is preferably an aqueous alkaline solution containing an alkali.
  • aqueous alkaline solution containing an aqueous alkaline solution containing a quaternary ammonium salt such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide, an inorganic alkali, a primary amine, a secondary amine, a tertiary amine, an alcohol amine, or a cyclic amine.
  • the alkaline developer is preferably an aqueous solution of a quaternary ammonium salt such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH).
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • Appropriate amounts of alcohols, surfactants, etc. may be added to the alkaline developer.
  • the alkaline concentration of the alkaline developer is usually preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the pH of the alkaline developer is usually preferably 10.0 to 15.0.
  • the organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents.
  • the above-mentioned solvents may be mixed in combination, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above or with water.
  • the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, even more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
  • the content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, still more preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the developer.
  • the above pattern formation method preferably includes, after step 3, a step of cleaning with a rinsing liquid.
  • the rinse liquid used in the rinse step following the step of developing with an alkaline developer is, for example, pure water, to which an appropriate amount of a surfactant may be added.
  • a suitable amount of a surfactant may be added to the rinse solution.
  • the rinse liquid used in the rinse step following the development step using an organic developer is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used. It is preferable to use a rinse liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents.
  • the method of the rinsing step is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of continuously discharging a rinsing liquid onto a substrate rotating at a constant speed (spin coating method), a method of immersing a substrate in a tank filled with the rinsing liquid for a certain period of time (dip method), and a method of spraying the rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method).
  • the pattern forming method may also include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. This step removes the developer and rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the pattern due to baking. This step also has the effect of annealing the resist pattern and improving the surface roughness of the pattern.
  • the heating step after the rinsing step is usually performed at 40 to 250°C (preferably 90 to 200°C) for usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds).
  • the formed pattern may be used as a mask to perform an etching process on the substrate. That is, the pattern formed in step 3 may be used as a mask to process the substrate (or the underlayer film and the substrate) to form a pattern on the substrate.
  • the method for processing the substrate is not particularly limited, a method is preferred in which the substrate (or the underlayer film and the substrate) is dry-etched using the pattern formed in step 3 as a mask to form a pattern on the substrate.
  • the dry etching is preferably oxygen plasma etching.
  • the composition of the present invention and various materials used in the pattern formation method preferably do not contain impurities such as metals.
  • the content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably 1 mass ppm (parts per million) or less, more preferably 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less, even more preferably 100 mass ppt (parts per trillion) or less, particularly preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and most preferably 1 mass ppt or less.
  • impurities include Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V, W, and Zn.
  • Methods for reducing metal and other impurities contained in various materials include, for example, selecting raw materials with low metal content as the raw materials that make up the various materials, filtering the raw materials that make up the various materials, and performing distillation under conditions that minimize contamination as much as possible, such as lining the inside of the equipment with Teflon (registered trademark).
  • impurities may be removed using an adsorbent, or a combination of filtration and an adsorbent may be used.
  • adsorbent known adsorbents can be used, for example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
  • inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite
  • organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
  • the content of metal components contained in the cleaning solution after use is preferably 100 ppt by mass or less, more preferably 10 ppt by mass or less, and even more preferably 1 ppt by mass or less. There is no particular lower limit, and 0 ppt by mass or more is preferable.
  • An organic processing liquid such as a rinse liquid may contain a conductive compound to prevent breakdown of chemical liquid piping and various parts (filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) due to static charging and subsequent static discharge.
  • the conductive compound is not particularly limited, but an example thereof is methanol.
  • the amount added is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of maintaining favorable development characteristics or rinsing characteristics, it is preferably 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 5% by mass or less. There is no particular lower limit, and 0.01% by mass or more is preferable.
  • the chemical liquid piping may be made of, for example, stainless steel (SUS), or various piping coated with antistatic polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.).
  • the filter and O-ring may be made of antistatic polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.).
  • the present specification also relates to a method for manufacturing an electronic device, including the above-mentioned pattern formation method, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
  • Preferred embodiments of the electronic device of the present specification include those mounted in electric and electronic equipment (home appliances, OA (Office Automation), media-related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, and the like).
  • A-1 to A-12 were used as the resin (A).
  • Resin (A) used was synthesized according to the synthesis method for resin A-1 (Synthesis Example 1) described below. The structures of A-1 to A-12 are shown below.
  • the content ratio of the following repeating units is a molar ratio.
  • the repeating unit content was measured by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance).
  • A-1 to A-12 are acid-decomposable resins.
  • Cyclohexanone (45.5 g) was heated to 85°C under a nitrogen stream.
  • b-1 The synthesis example of b-1 is shown below.
  • b-3 to b-8 were also synthesized in the same way.
  • b-2 The synthesis example of b-2 is shown below. b-9 to b-10 were also synthesized in the same way.
  • ⁇ Hydrophobic resin> The structure of the hydrophobic resin used is shown below: The content ratio of the following repeating units (content relative to all repeating units in the resin) is a molar ratio.
  • W-1 Megafac F176 (manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc.; fluorine-based)
  • W-2 Megafac R08 (manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc.; fluorine and silicone type)
  • W-3 Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.; silicone-based)
  • W-6 PolyFox PF-6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc.; fluorine-based)
  • SL-1 Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
  • SL-2 Propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate
  • SL-3 2-heptanone
  • SL-4 Ethyl lactate
  • SL-5 Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
  • SL-6 Cyclohexanone
  • SL-7 ⁇ -butyrolactone
  • SL-8 Propylene carbonate
  • ⁇ Development Defects> The 1:1 line and space pattern with a line width of 50 nm formed at the above sensitivity (Eop) was measured in random mode using a defect inspection device KLA2360 manufactured by KLA Tencor Corporation, with the pixel size of the defect inspection device set to 0.16 ⁇ m and the threshold value set to 20, and development defects extracted from the differences arising from pixel-by-pixel overlay with the comparison image were detected, and the number of development defects per unit area (1 cm2 ) was calculated. A value of less than 0.5 was rated as A, a value of 0.5 or more but less than 0.7 was rated as B, and a value of 0.7 or more was rated as C. The smaller the value, the better the performance.
  • Table 2 below shows the resist compositions used in each example and comparative example, and the results of each example and comparative example.
  • the wafer was heated on a hot plate at 100°C for 90 seconds, developed with n-butyl acetate for 30 seconds, and spin-dried to obtain a negative pattern.
  • an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which is excellent in LWR performance and capable of reducing development defects in the formation of an extremely fine pattern (for example, a line width or space width of 50 nm or less).
  • the present invention also provides an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and a method for producing an electronic device, which use the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are: an active-ray-sensitive or radioactive-ray-sensitive resin composition comprising a resin (A) and a salt (B) having a cation radical structure; an active-ray-sensitive or radioactive-ray-sensitive film in which the active-ray-sensitive or radioactive-ray-sensitive resin composition is used; a pattern formation method comprising a step for forming an active-ray-sensitive or radioactive-ray-sensitive film on a substrate using the active-ray-sensitive or radioactive-ray-sensitive resin composition, a step for exposing the active-ray-sensitive or radioactive-ray-sensitive film to light, and a step for developing the light-exposed active-ray-sensitive or radioactive-ray-sensitive film using a developing solution; and an electronic device manufacturing method.

Description

感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
 本発明は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法に関する。より詳細には、本発明は、超LSI(Large Scale Integration)及び高容量マイクロチップの製造プロセス、ナノインプリント用モールド作成プロセス並びに高密度情報記録媒体の製造プロセス等に適用可能な超マイクロリソグラフィプロセス、並びにその他のフォトファブリケーションプロセスに好適に用いることができる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to an actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device. More specifically, the present invention relates to an actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device that can be suitably used in ultra-microlithography processes applicable to the manufacturing process of ultra-LSI (Large Scale Integration) and high-capacity microchips, the mold creation process for nanoimprinting, and the manufacturing process of high-density information recording media, as well as other photofabrication processes.
 従来、IC(Integrated Circuit)、LSI(Large Scale Integration)などの半導体デバイスの製造プロセスにおいては、レジスト組成物を用いたリソグラフィーによる微細加工が行われている。近年、集積回路の高集積化に伴い、サブミクロン領域又はクオーターミクロン領域の超微細パターン形成が要求されるようになってきている。それに伴い、露光波長もg線からi線に、更にKrFエキシマレーザー光に、というように短波長化の傾向が見られ、現在では193nm波長を有するArFエキシマレーザーを光源とする露光機が開発されている。また、更に解像力を高める技術として、従来から投影レンズと試料の間に高屈折率の液体(以下、「液浸液」ともいう)で満たす、所謂、液浸法の開発が進んでいる。 Traditionally, in the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices such as ICs (Integrated Circuits) and LSIs (Large Scale Integration), fine processing is performed by lithography using a resist composition. In recent years, with the increasing integration of integrated circuits, there has been a demand for the formation of ultra-fine patterns in the submicron or quarter-micron range. Accordingly, there has been a trend toward shorter exposure wavelengths, from g-line to i-line and then to KrF excimer laser light, and currently an exposure machine using an ArF excimer laser with a wavelength of 193 nm as a light source has been developed. In addition, as a technology for further increasing resolution, the so-called immersion method, in which a high refractive index liquid (hereinafter also referred to as "immersion liquid") is filled between the projection lens and the sample, has been developed.
 また、現在では、エキシマレーザー光以外にも、電子線(EB)、X線及び極紫外線(EUV)等を用いたリソグラフィーも開発が進んでいる。これに伴い、各種の活性光線又は放射線に有効に感応するレジスト組成物が開発されている。 Currently, in addition to excimer laser light, lithography using electron beams (EB), X-rays, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV), and other light sources is also being developed. Accordingly, resist compositions that are effectively sensitive to various types of actinic rays or radiation are being developed.
 例えば、特許文献1には、樹脂と、感放射線性酸発生剤としてのカルボン酸アニオン含有化合物とスルホン酸アニオン含有化合物とを含む、感放射線性樹脂組成物が記載されている。 For example, Patent Document 1 describes a radiation-sensitive resin composition that contains a resin and a carboxylate anion-containing compound and a sulfonate anion-containing compound as radiation-sensitive acid generators.
国際公開第2008/66011号WO 2008/66011
 しかしながら、極微細(例えば、線幅又はスペース幅50nm以下)のパターン形成においては、ラインウィズスラフネス(Line Width Roughness:LWR)性能、及び、現像欠陥の低減については、両立することが難しくなってきている。
 LWR性能とは、パターンのLWRを小さくできる性能のことを指す。
However, in forming extremely fine patterns (for example, a line width or space width of 50 nm or less), it is becoming difficult to achieve both line width roughness (LWR) performance and reduction in development defects.
The LWR performance refers to the ability to reduce the LWR of a pattern.
 本発明は、極微細(例えば、線幅又はスペース幅50nm以下)のパターン形成において、LWR性能に優れ、且つ、現像欠陥の低減が可能な感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することを課題とする。また、本発明は、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いた感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することを課題とする。 The present invention aims to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that has excellent LWR performance and can reduce development defects in the formation of extremely fine patterns (e.g., line width or space width of 50 nm or less). Another objective of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern formation method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device that use the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 本発明者らは、以下の構成により上記課題を解決できることを見出した。 The inventors have discovered that the above problems can be solved by the following configuration.
[1]
 樹脂(A)及びカチオンラジカル構造を有する塩(B)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[1]
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a resin (A) and a salt having a cation radical structure (B).
[2]
 上記塩(B)が下記一般式(B-1)又は一般式(B-2)で表される化合物である、[1]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[2]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1], wherein the salt (B) is a compound represented by the following general formula (B-1) or (B-2):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 一般式(B-1)中、Rb~Rbは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、チオール基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アミノ基、ヘテロアリール基、カルボニル基、シアノ基、又はこれらの組み合わせからなる基を表し、互いに結合して環を形成していても良い。A は対アニオンを表す。
 一般式(B-2)中、Rb~Rb12は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、チオール基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アミノ基、カルボニル基、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、又はこれらの組み合わせからなる基を表す。Rb13は水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、又はアリール基を表す。Xは、-S-、-O-、又は-NRb14-を表す。Rb14は、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、又はアリール基を表す。Rb~Rb14は互いに結合して環を形成していても良い。A は対アニオンを表す。
In general formula (B-1), Rb 1 to Rb 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a thiol group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an amino group, a heteroaryl group, a carbonyl group, a cyano group, or a group consisting of a combination thereof, and may be bonded to each other to form a ring. A 1 - represents a counter anion.
In the general formula (B-2), Rb 5 to Rb 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a thiol group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an amino group, a carbonyl group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a group consisting of a combination thereof. Rb 13 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or an aryl group. X represents -S-, -O-, or -NRb 14 -. Rb 14 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or an aryl group. Rb 5 to Rb 14 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. A 2 - represents a counter anion.
[3]
 上記塩(B)が対アニオンとして、カルボン酸アニオン又はスルホン酸アニオンを有する[1]又は[2]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[3]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1] or [2], wherein the salt (B) has a carboxylate anion or a sulfonate anion as a counter anion.
[4]
 上記一般式(B-1)におけるA 、又は、上記一般式(B-2)におけるA が、下記一般式(AN1)~(AN3)のいずれかで表される、[2]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[4]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [2], wherein A 1 - in the above general formula (B-1) or A 2 - in the above general formula (B-2) is represented by any one of the following general formulae (AN1) to (AN3):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 一般式(AN1)中、AQ1 はカルボン酸アニオン又はスルホン酸アニオンを表す。R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は置換基を表す。LQ1は、2価の連結基を表す。Rは、有機基を表す。 In formula (AN1), A Q1 - represents a carboxylate anion or a sulfonate anion. R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. L Q1 represents a divalent linking group. R 3 represents an organic group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 一般式(AN2)中、AQ2 はカルボン酸アニオン又はスルホン酸アニオンを表す。Xfは、水素原子、フッ素原子、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を有さない有機基を表す。R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、アルキル基、又は、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。LQ2は、2価の連結基を表す。Wは有機基を表す。oは、1~3の整数を表す。pは、0~10の整数を表す。qは、0~10の整数を表す。複数のXfは、互いに同じでも異なっても良い。pが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のR及びRは、それぞれ互いに同じでも異なっても良い。qが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のLQ2は、互いに同じでも異なっても良い。 In the general formula (AN2), A Q2 - represents a carboxylate anion or a sulfonate anion. Xf represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, or an organic group having no fluorine atom. R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. L Q2 represents a divalent linking group. W represents an organic group. o represents an integer of 1 to 3. p represents an integer of 0 to 10. q represents an integer of 0 to 10. A plurality of Xf may be the same as or different from each other. When p represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of R 4 and R 5 may be the same as or different from each other. When q represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of L Q2 may be the same as or different from each other.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 一般式(AN3)中、AQ3 はカルボン酸アニオン又はスルホン酸アニオンを表す。Arは、芳香族基を表す。n及びmは、0以上の整数を表す。Dは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Bは、炭化水素基を表す。Eはカルボン酸アニオン、スルホン酸アニオン、及び-(D-B)基以外の置換基を表す。nが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のD及びBは、それぞれ、互いに同じでも異なっても良い。mが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のEは、互いに同じでも異なっても良い。 In general formula (AN3), A Q3 - represents a carboxylate anion or a sulfonate anion. Ar represents an aromatic group. n and m represent integers of 0 or more. D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. B represents a hydrocarbon group. E represents a substituent other than a carboxylate anion, a sulfonate anion, and a -(D-B) group. When n represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of Ds and Bs may be the same as or different from each other. When m represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of Es may be the same as or different from each other.
[5]
 上記樹脂(A)が酸の作用により分解し極性が増大する基を有する樹脂である[1]~[4]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[5]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the resin (A) is a resin having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase polarity.
[6]
 上記樹脂(A)が、下記一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位及び一般式(A-2)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つの繰り返し単位を有する[1]~[5]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[6]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of items [1] to [5], wherein the resin (A) has at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A-1) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A-2):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 一般式(A-1)中、Ra~Raは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又は、アルコキシカルボニル基を表す。
 Laは単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Ra~Raは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族複素環式基、アラルキル基、又は、アルケニル基を表す。Ra~Raのうち2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 Raはアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族複素環式基、水酸基、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、ハロゲン原子、又はシアノ基を表す。Raが複数存在する場合、複数のRaは同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 Ra~Ra、La、及びRaのうち2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 naは0~4の整数を表す。maは0~2の整数を表す。
 一般式(A-2)中、Ra~Raは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又は、アルコキシカルボニル基を表す。
 Laは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Araは、芳香環基を表す。
 Ra10~Ra12は、各々独立に水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族複素環式基、アラルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルキルオキシ基、又は、アルケニル基を表す。
 Ra10~Ra12のうち少なくとも2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 Ra~Ra12のうち少なくとも1つがAraと結合してもよい。
In formula (A-1), Ra 1 to Ra 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
La1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Ra 4 to Ra 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group. Two of Ra 4 to Ra 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
Ra 0 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a halogen atom, or a cyano group. When a plurality of Ra 0 are present, the plurality of Ra 0 may be the same or different.
Two of Ra 1 to Ra 3 , La 1 and Ra 0 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
na represents an integer of 0 to 4. ma represents an integer of 0 to 2.
In formula (A-2), Ra 7 to Ra 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
La2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Ara represents an aromatic ring group.
Ra 10 to Ra 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkyloxy group, or an alkenyl group.
At least two of Ra 10 to Ra 12 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
At least one of Ra 9 to Ra 12 may be bound to Ara.
[7]
 さらに、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物を含む[1]~[6]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[8]
 [1]~[7]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により形成された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜。
[7]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6], further comprising a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
[8]
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [7].
[9]
 [1]~[7]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて、基板上に感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程と、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を露光する工程と、上記露光された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程と、を含むパターン形成方法。
[10]
 [9]に記載のパターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法。
[9]
A pattern forming method comprising the steps of: forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of items [1] to [7]; exposing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film; and developing the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using a developer.
[10]
A method for producing an electronic device, comprising the pattern formation method according to [9].
 本発明により、極微細(例えば、線幅又はスペース幅50nm以下)のパターン形成において、LWR性能に優れ、且つ、現像欠陥の低減が可能な感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することができる。
 また、本発明により、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いた感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することができる。
According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which is excellent in LWR performance and capable of reducing development defects in the formation of an extremely fine pattern (for example, a line width or space width of 50 nm or less).
The present invention also provides an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and a method for producing an electronic device, which use the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
 以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されない。
The present invention will be described in detail below.
The following description of the components may be based on a representative embodiment of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such an embodiment.
 本明細書において、「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV:Extreme Ultraviolet)、X線、軟X線、及び電子線(EB:Electron Beam)等を意味する。
 本明細書において、「光」とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。
 本明細書において、「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線、X線、及びEUV等による露光のみならず、電子線、及びイオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も含む。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
In this specification, "actinic rays" or "radiation" refers to, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-rays, soft X-rays, and electron beams (EB: Electron Beam).
In this specification, "light" means actinic rays or radiation.
In this specification, unless otherwise specified, "exposure" includes not only exposure to the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, EUV, and the like, but also drawing with particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams.
In this specification, the use of "to" means that the numerical values before and after it are included as the lower limit and upper limit.
 本明細書において、(メタ)アクリレートはアクリレート及びメタクリレートの少なくとも1種を表す。また(メタ)アクリル酸はアクリル酸及びメタクリル酸の少なくとも1種を表す。 In this specification, (meth)acrylate refers to at least one of acrylate and methacrylate. Also, (meth)acrylic acid refers to at least one of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.
 本明細書において、樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び分散度(分子量分布ともいう)(Mw/Mn)は、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)装置(東ソー株式会社製HLC-8120GPC)によるGPC測定(溶剤:テトラヒドロフラン、流量(サンプル注入量):10μL、カラム:東ソー株式会社製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M、カラム温度:40℃、流速:1.0mL/分、検出器:示差屈折率検出器(Refractive Index Detector))によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。 In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (also called molecular weight distribution) (Mw/Mn) of the resin are defined as polystyrene equivalent values measured using a Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC) device (Tosoh Corporation HLC-8120GPC) (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 μL, column: Tosoh Corporation TSK gel Multipore HXL-M, column temperature: 40°C, flow rate: 1.0 mL/min, detector: refractive index detector).
 本明細書中における基(原子団)の表記について、本発明の趣旨に反しない限り、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基と共に置換基を含む基をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。また、本明細書中における「有機基」とは、少なくとも1個の炭素原子を含む基をいう。
 置換基としては、特に断らない限り、1価の置換基が好ましい。置換基の例としては水素原子を除く1価の非金属原子団を挙げることができ、例えば、以下の置換基Tから選択できる。
In the present specification, the notation of groups (atomic groups) that does not indicate whether they are substituted or unsubstituted includes groups that have a substituent as well as groups that have no substituent. For example, the term "alkyl group" includes not only alkyl groups that have no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups that have a substituent (substituted alkyl groups). In addition, the term "organic group" in the present specification refers to a group that contains at least one carbon atom.
Unless otherwise specified, the substituent is preferably a monovalent substituent. Examples of the substituent include a monovalent nonmetallic atomic group other than a hydrogen atom, and can be selected from the following substituents T.
(置換基T)
 置換基Tとしては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子等のハロゲン原子;メトキシ基、エトキシ基及びtert-ブトキシ基等のアルコキシ基;シクロアルキルオキシ基;フェノキシ基及びp-トリルオキシ基等のアリールオキシ基;メトキシカルボニル基及びブトキシカルボニル基等のアルコキシカルボニル基;シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基;フェノキシカルボニル基等のアリールオキシカルボニル基;アセトキシ基、プロピオニルオキシ基及びベンゾイルオキシ基等のアシルオキシ基;アセチル基、ベンゾイル基、イソブチリル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基及びメトキサリル基等のアシル基;スルファニル基;メチルスルファニル基及びtert-ブチルスルファニル基等のアルキルスルファニル基;フェニルスルファニル基及びp-トリルスルファニル基等のアリールスルファニル基;アルキル基;アルケニル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;芳香族複素環式基;ヒドロキシ基;カルボキシル基;ホルミル基;スルホ基;シアノ基;アルキルアミノカルボニル基;アリールアミノカルボニル基;スルホンアミド基;シリル基;アミノ基;カルバモイル基;等が挙げられる。また、これらの置換基が更に1個以上の置換基を有することができる場合は、その更なる置換基として上記した置換基から選択した置換基を1個以上有する基(例えば、モノアルキルアミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基、トリフルオロメチル基など)も置換基Tの例に含まれる。
(Substituent T)
Examples of the substituent T include halogen atoms such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom; alkoxy groups such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, and a tert-butoxy group; a cycloalkyloxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group and a p-tolyloxy group; an alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxycarbonyl group and a butoxycarbonyl group; a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group; an aryloxycarbonyl group such as a phenoxycarbonyl group; an acyloxy group such as an acetoxy group, a propionyloxy group, and a benzoyloxy group; an acetyl group, a benzoyl group, an isobutyryl group, Examples of the substituent T include acyl groups such as acryloyl, methacryloyl, and methoxalyl groups; sulfanyl groups; alkylsulfanyl groups such as methylsulfanyl and tert-butylsulfanyl groups; arylsulfanyl groups such as phenylsulfanyl and p-tolylsulfanyl groups; alkyl groups; alkenyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; aromatic heterocyclic groups; hydroxy groups; carboxyl groups; formyl groups; sulfo groups; cyano groups; alkylaminocarbonyl groups; arylaminocarbonyl groups; sulfonamide groups; silyl groups; amino groups; carbamoyl groups; and the like. In addition, when these substituents can further have one or more substituents, examples of the substituent T also include groups having one or more substituents selected from the above-mentioned substituents as the further substituents (for example, monoalkylamino groups, dialkylamino groups, arylamino groups, trifluoromethyl groups, etc.).
 本明細書において、表記される2価の基の結合方向は、特に断らない限り制限されない。例えば、「X-Y-Z」なる式で表される化合物中の、Yが-COO-である場合、Yは、-CO-O-であってもよく、-O-CO-であってもよい。上記化合物は「X-CO-O-Z」であってもよく、「X-O-CO-Z」であってもよい。 In this specification, the bonding direction of the divalent groups is not limited unless otherwise specified. For example, when Y is -COO- in a compound represented by the formula "X-Y-Z", Y may be -CO-O- or -O-CO-. The above compound may be "X-CO-O-Z" or "X-O-CO-Z".
 本明細書において、酸解離定数(pKa)とは、水溶液中でのpKaを表し、具体的には、下記ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を、計算により求められる値である。本明細書中に記載したpKaの値は、全て、このソフトウェアパッケージを用いて計算により求めた値を示す。
 ソフトウェアパッケージ1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。
In this specification, the acid dissociation constant (pKa) refers to the pKa in an aqueous solution, and specifically, it is a value calculated based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and known literature values using the following software package 1. All pKa values described in this specification are values calculated using this software package.
Software package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs).
 また、pKaは、分子軌道計算法によっても求められる。この具体的な方法としては、熱力学サイクルに基づいて、水溶液中におけるH解離自由エネルギーを計算することで算出する手法が挙げられる。H解離自由エネルギーの計算方法については、例えばDFT(密度汎関数法)により計算することができるが、他にも様々な手法が文献等で報告されており、これに制限されるものではない。なお、DFTを実施できるソフトウェアは複数存在するが、例えば、Gaussian16が挙げられる。 In addition, pKa can also be obtained by molecular orbital calculation. A specific example of this method is a method of calculating H + dissociation free energy in an aqueous solution based on a thermodynamic cycle. The H + dissociation free energy can be calculated, for example, by DFT (density functional theory), but various other methods have been reported in literature, and the calculation method is not limited to this. There are several software programs that can perform DFT, and Gaussian16 is an example.
 本明細書において、pKaとは、上述した通り、ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を計算により求められる値を指すが、この手法によりpKaが算出できない場合には、DFT(密度汎関数法)に基づいてGaussian16により得られる値を採用するものとする。
 本明細書において、pKaは、上述した通り「水溶液中でのpKa」を指すが、水溶液中でのpKaが算出できない場合には、「ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)溶液中でのpKa」を採用するものとする。
In this specification, pKa refers to a value calculated based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and known literature values using the software package 1, as described above. However, when pKa cannot be calculated by this method, a value obtained by Gaussian 16 based on DFT (density functional theory) is adopted.
In this specification, pKa refers to "pKa in an aqueous solution" as described above, but when the pKa in an aqueous solution cannot be calculated, "pKa in a dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) solution" will be adopted.
 本明細書において、「固形分」とは、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する成分を意味し、溶剤は含まれない。また、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する成分であれば、その性状が液体状であっても、固形分とみなす。 In this specification, "solids" refers to components that form an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, and does not include solvents. In addition, any component that forms an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is considered to be a solid even if it is in liquid form.
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物]
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(「本発明の組成物」ともいう。)は、樹脂(A)及びカチオンラジカル構造を有する塩(B)を含有する。
[Actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (also referred to as "the composition of the present invention") contains a resin (A) and a salt having a cation radical structure (B).
 本発明の組成物によれば、上記構成をとることにより、極微細(例えば、線幅又はスペース幅50nm以下)のパターン形成において、LWR性能に優れ、且つ、現像欠陥の低減が可能な感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を得ることが可能となる。
 その理由は明らかではないが、本発明者らは以下のように推測している。
 本発明の組成物が含有する塩(B)は、カチオンラジカル構造を有する塩である。ここで、カチオンラジカル構造とは正電荷を有するラジカル構造を意味し、カチオンラジカル構造を有する塩とは、カチオン部とアニオン部とを有する塩において、カチオン部にさらにラジカルを有する塩を意味する。
 本発明の組成物に活性光線又は放射線が照射されるとラジカルが生じる。また、組成物中に含みうる光酸発生剤は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解して最終的に酸を発生するが、その中間体としてラジカルが生じる。これらのラジカル中間体は、しばしば組成物中の化合物同士の架橋反応など予期せぬ副反応を引き起こす場合が有る。一方、このように系中に生じたラジカルは、そのカチオンラジカル構造の安定性に起因して塩(B)に捕捉され、拡散が抑制される。結果として、酸の拡散や架橋などの副反応も抑制されることにより、上記の効果が得られるものと推定している。
According to the composition of the present invention, by adopting the above-mentioned constitution, it is possible to obtain an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which is excellent in LWR performance and capable of reducing development defects in the formation of an extremely fine pattern (for example, a line width or space width of 50 nm or less).
The reason for this is not clear, but the present inventors speculate as follows.
The salt (B) contained in the composition of the present invention is a salt having a cation radical structure. Here, the cation radical structure means a radical structure having a positive charge, and the salt having a cation radical structure means a salt having a cation moiety and an anion moiety, and further having a radical in the cation moiety.
When the composition of the present invention is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation, radicals are generated. In addition, the photoacid generator that may be contained in the composition is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to finally generate an acid, and radicals are generated as intermediates. These radical intermediates often cause unexpected side reactions such as crosslinking reactions between compounds in the composition. Meanwhile, the radicals thus generated in the system are captured by the salt (B) due to the stability of the cation radical structure, and diffusion is suppressed. As a result, it is presumed that the above-mentioned effects are obtained by suppressing side reactions such as diffusion of the acid and crosslinking.
 本発明の組成物は、典型的にはレジスト組成物であり、ポジ型のレジスト組成物であっても、ネガ型のレジスト組成物であってもよい。本発明の組成物は、アルカリ現像用のレジスト組成物であっても、有機溶剤現像用のレジスト組成物であってもよい。
 本発明の組成物は、化学増幅型のレジスト組成物であっても、非化学増幅型のレジスト組成物であってもよい。本発明の組成物は、典型的には、化学増幅型のレジスト組成物である。
 本発明の組成物を用いて感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成することができる。本発明の組成物を用いて形成された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜は、典型的にはレジスト膜である。
 以下、まず、本発明の組成物の各種成分について詳述する。
The composition of the present invention is typically a resist composition, and may be a positive resist composition or a negative resist composition. The composition of the present invention may be a resist composition for alkali development or a resist composition for organic solvent development.
The composition of the present invention may be a chemically amplified resist composition or a non-chemically amplified resist composition. The composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
The composition of the present invention can be used to form an actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film. The actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film formed using the composition of the present invention is typically a resist film.
First, the various components of the composition of the present invention will be described in detail below.
〔樹脂(A)〕
 本発明の組成物は、樹脂(A)を含む。
 樹脂(A)は、通常、酸の作用により分解し極性が増大する基(以下「酸分解性基」ともいう。)を含み、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。
 樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基を有する場合、本発明の組成物を用いたパターン形成方法において、典型的には、現像液としてアルカリ現像液を採用した場合には、ポジ型パターンが好適に形成され、現像液として有機系現像液を採用した場合には、ネガ型パターンが好適に形成される。
[Resin (A)]
The composition of the present invention contains a resin (A).
The resin (A) usually contains a group that decomposes under the action of an acid to increase its polarity (hereinafter also referred to as an "acid-decomposable group"), and preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
When the resin (A) has an acid-decomposable group, typically, in a pattern formation method using the composition of the present invention, when an alkaline developer is used as the developer, a positive pattern is preferably formed, and when an organic developer is used as the developer, a negative pattern is preferably formed.
 酸分解性基は、典型的には、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基である。酸分解性基は、酸の作用により脱離する基(脱離基)で極性基が保護された構造を有することが好ましい。典型的には、樹脂(A)は、酸の作用により極性が増大してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大し、有機溶剤に対する溶解度が減少する。 The acid-decomposable group is typically a group that decomposes under the action of an acid to generate a polar group. The acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure in which the polar group is protected by a group (leaving group) that is eliminated under the action of an acid. Typically, the polarity of the resin (A) increases under the action of an acid, increasing its solubility in an alkaline developer and decreasing its solubility in an organic solvent.
 樹脂(A)は、一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位及び一般式(A-2)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つの繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位及び一般式(A-2)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つの繰り返し単位は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The resin (A) preferably contains at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of repeating units represented by general formula (A-1) and repeating units represented by general formula (A-2). At least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of repeating units represented by general formula (A-1) and repeating units represented by general formula (A-2) is preferably a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 一般式(A-1)中、Ra~Raは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又は、アルコキシカルボニル基を表す。
 Laは単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Ra~Raは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族複素環式基、アラルキル基、又は、アルケニル基を表す。Ra~Raのうち2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 Raは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族複素環式基、水酸基、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、ハロゲン原子、又は、シアノ基を表す。Raが複数存在する場合、複数のRaは同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 Ra~Ra、La、及びRaのうち2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 naは0~4の整数を表す。maは0~2の整数を表す。
In formula (A-1), Ra 1 to Ra 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
La1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Ra 4 to Ra 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group. Two of Ra 4 to Ra 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
Ra 0 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a halogen atom, or a cyano group. When a plurality of Ra 0 are present, the plurality of Ra 0 may be the same or different.
Two of Ra 1 to Ra 3 , La 1 and Ra 0 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
na represents an integer of 0 to 4. ma represents an integer of 0 to 2.
 一般式(A-2)中、Ra~Raは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又は、アルコキシカルボニル基を表す。
 Laは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Araは、芳香環基を表す。
 Ra10~Ra12は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族複素環式基、アラルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルキルオキシ基、又は、アルケニル基を表す。
 Ra10~Ra12のうち少なくとも2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 Ra~Ra12のうち少なくとも1つがAraと結合してもよい。
In formula (A-2), Ra 7 to Ra 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
La2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Ara represents an aromatic ring group.
Ra 10 to Ra 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkyloxy group, or an alkenyl group.
At least two of Ra 10 to Ra 12 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
At least one of Ra 9 to Ra 12 may be bound to Ara.
(一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位)
 一般式(A-1)のRa~Raは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又は、アルコキシカルボニル基を表す。
 Ra~Raのアルキル基としては、直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。アルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
 Ra~Raのシクロアルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、3~20が好ましく、5~15がより好ましい。Ra~Raのシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、並びにノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Ra~Raのハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられ、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子が好ましい。
 Ra~Raのアルコキシカルボニル基中に含まれるアルキル基としては直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。アルコキシカルボニル基中に含まれるアルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
(Repeating unit represented by formula (A-1))
In formula (A-1), Ra 1 to Ra 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
The alkyl groups of Ra 1 to Ra 3 may be either linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group of Ra 1 to Ra 3 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 to 20, and more preferably 5 to 15. As the cycloalkyl group of Ra 1 to Ra 3 , a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, and a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group are preferable.
Examples of the halogen atom for Ra 1 to Ra 3 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom or an iodine atom is preferable.
The alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group of Ra 1 to Ra 3 may be either linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
 一般式(A-1)中のLaは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては、例えば、カルボニル基(-CO-)、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、アミド基(-CONR-)、スルホンアミド基(-SONR-)、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アルケニレン基、及びこれらの複数が連結した連結基等が挙げられる。上記Rはそれぞれ水素原子又は有機基を表し、有機基としてはアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びこれらの組み合わせが好ましい。
 Laは、単結合又は-COO-であることが好ましく、単結合であることがより好ましい。
La 1 in the general formula (A-1) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include a carbonyl group (-CO-), -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, an amide group (-CONR-), a sulfonamide group (-SO 2 NR-), an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an alkenylene group, and a linking group in which a plurality of these groups are linked together. Each of the R groups represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and the organic group is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a combination thereof.
La1 is preferably a single bond or —COO—, and more preferably a single bond.
 一般式(A-1)中のRa~Raは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族複素環式基、アラルキル基、又は、アルケニル基を表す。 In formula (A-1), Ra 4 to Ra 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group.
 Ra~Raのアルキル基としては、直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。アルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、1~10が好ましく、1~6がより好ましい。Ra~Raのアルキル基に含まれるメチレン基は、-CO-及び-O-の少なくとも1つで置き換わっていてもよい。
 Ra~Raのシクロアルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、3~20が好ましく、5~15がより好ましい。Ra~Raのシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、並びにノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Ra~Raのアリール基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、6~20が好ましく、6~10がより好ましい。Ra~Raのアリール基としては、フェニル基が最も好ましい。
 Ra~Raのアラルキル基としては、上述したRa~Raのアルキル基中の1個の水素原子を炭素数6~10のアリール基(好ましくはフェニル基)で置換した基が好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基等が挙げられる。
 Ra~Raのアルケニル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、2~5が好ましく、2~4がより好ましい。Ra~Raのアルケニル基としては、ビニル基が好ましい。
 Ra~Raの芳香族複素環式基は、硫黄原子、窒素原子及び酸素原子からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つのヘテロ原子を含むことが好ましい。芳香族複素環式基に含まれるヘテロ原子の数は1~5個が好ましく、1~3個がより好ましい。芳香族複素環式基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、2~20が好ましく、3~15がより好ましい。芳香族複素環式基は単環でも多環でもよい。Ra~Raの芳香族複素環式基としては、例えば、チエニル基、フラニル基、ベンゾチエニル基、ジベンゾチエニル基、ベンゾフラニル基、ピロール基、オキサゾリル基、チアゾリル基、ピリジル基、イソチアゾリル基、チアジアゾリル基等が挙げられる。
The alkyl groups of Ra 4 to Ra 6 may be either linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 6. The methylene group contained in the alkyl groups of Ra 4 to Ra 6 may be substituted with at least one of -CO- and -O-.
The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 to 20, and more preferably 5 to 15. As the cycloalkyl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 , monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group are preferred.
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 6 to 20, and more preferably from 6 to 10. The aryl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 is most preferably a phenyl group.
The aralkyl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 is preferably a group in which one hydrogen atom in the alkyl group of the above-mentioned Ra 4 to Ra 6 is substituted with an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably a phenyl group), and examples thereof include a benzyl group.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 2 to 5, and more preferably from 2 to 4. The alkenyl group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 is preferably a vinyl group.
The aromatic heterocyclic group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 preferably contains at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, and an oxygen atom. The number of heteroatoms contained in the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic heterocyclic group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 3 to 15. The aromatic heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic or polycyclic ring. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group of Ra 4 to Ra 6 include a thienyl group, a furanyl group, a benzothienyl group, a dibenzothienyl group, a benzofuranyl group, a pyrrole group, an oxazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, a pyridyl group, an isothiazolyl group, and a thiadiazolyl group.
 Ra~Raのうち2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。Ra~Raのうち2つが結合して環を形成してなる基としては、シクロアルキル基が好ましい。上記シクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、若しくは、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又は、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、若しくは、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。上記シクロアルキル基は、環を構成するメチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、カルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を含む基、又は、ビニリデン基で置き換わっていてもよい。これらのシクロアルキル基は、シクロアルカン環を構成するエチレン基の1つ以上が、ビニレン基で置き換わっていてもよい。 Two of Ra 4 to Ra 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. As the group in which two of Ra 4 to Ra 6 are bonded to form a ring, a cycloalkyl group is preferable. As the cycloalkyl group, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, or an adamantyl group is preferable, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable. In the cycloalkyl group, one of the methylene groups constituting the ring may be replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group, or a vinylidene group. In these cycloalkyl groups, one or more of the ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
 一般式(A-1)中の-C(Ra)(Ra)(Ra)は脱離基であることが好ましく、-COO-C(Ra)(Ra)(Ra)は、酸の作用により-C(Ra)(Ra)(Ra)が脱離して、カルボキシル基を生じることが好ましい。 In general formula (A-1), -C(Ra 4 )(Ra 5 )(Ra 6 ) is preferably a leaving group, and -COO-C(Ra 4 )(Ra 5 )(Ra 6 ) is preferably such that -C(Ra 4 )(Ra 5 )(Ra 6 ) is eliminated by the action of an acid to generate a carboxyl group.
 一般式(A-1)中のRaは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族複素環式基、水酸基、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、ハロゲン原子、又は、シアノ基を表す。
 Raのアルキル基としては、直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。アルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
 Raのシクロアルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、3~20が好ましく、5~15がより好ましい。Ra~Raのシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、並びにノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Raのハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられ、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子が好ましい。
 Raのアルコキシ基中に含まれるアルキル基としては直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。アルコキシ基中に含まれるアルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
 Raのアシルオキシ基中に含まれ得るアルキル基としては直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。Raのアシルオキシ基中に含まれ得るアルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
 Raのアシルオキシ基中に含まれ得るアリール基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、6~20が好ましく、6~10がより好ましい。Raのアシルオキシ基中に含まれ得るアリール基としては、フェニル基が最も好ましい。
 Raのアルコキシカルボニル基中に含まれるアルキル基としては直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。アルコキシカルボニル基中に含まれるアルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
 Raのアリール基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、6~20が好ましく、6~10がより好ましい。Raのアリール基としては、フェニル基が最も好ましい。
 Raの芳香族複素環式基は、硫黄原子、窒素原子及び酸素原子からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つのヘテロ原子を含むことが好ましい。芳香族複素環式基に含まれるヘテロ原子の数は1~5個が好ましく、1~3個がより好ましい。芳香族複素環式基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、2~20が好ましく、3~15がより好ましい。芳香族複素環式基は単環でも多環でもよい。Raの芳香族複素環式基としては、例えば、チエニル基、フラニル基、ベンゾチエニル基、ジベンゾチエニル基、ベンゾフラニル基、ピロール基、オキサゾリル基、チアゾリル基、ピリジル基、イソチアゾリル基、チアジアゾリル基等が挙げられる。
In formula (A-1), Ra 0 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a halogen atom, or a cyano group.
The alkyl group of Ra 0 may be either linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group of Ra 0 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 to 20, and more preferably 5 to 15. As the cycloalkyl groups of Ra 1 to Ra 3 , monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group are preferred.
Examples of the halogen atom for Ra 0 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom or an iodine atom is preferable.
The alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group of Ra 0 may be either linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
The alkyl group that can be contained in the acyloxy group of Ra 0 may be either linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group that can be contained in the acyloxy group of Ra 0 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group that can be contained in the acyloxy group of Ra 0 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 6 to 20, and more preferably 6 to 10. The aryl group that can be contained in the acyloxy group of Ra 0 is most preferably a phenyl group.
The alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group of Ra 0 may be either linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group of Ra 0 is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 6 to 20, and more preferably from 6 to 10. The aryl group of Ra 0 is most preferably a phenyl group.
The aromatic heterocyclic group of Ra 0 preferably contains at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, and an oxygen atom. The number of heteroatoms contained in the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic heterocyclic group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 3 to 15. The aromatic heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group of Ra 0 include a thienyl group, a furanyl group, a benzothienyl group, a dibenzothienyl group, a benzofuranyl group, a pyrrole group, an oxazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, a pyridyl group, an isothiazolyl group, and a thiadiazolyl group.
 一般式(A-1)中のnaは0~4の整数を表し、0~2の整数を表すことが好ましく、0又は1を表すことがより好ましく、0を表すことが更に好ましい。 In general formula (A-1), na represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and even more preferably 0.
 一般式(A-1)中のmaは0~2の整数を表し、0又は1を表すことが好ましく、0を表すことがより好ましい。一般式(A-1)中の芳香環は、maが0を表す場合はベンゼンになり、1を表す場合はナフタレンになり、2を表す場合はアントラセンになる。 In general formula (A-1), ma represents an integer of 0 to 2, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0. The aromatic ring in general formula (A-1) is benzene when ma represents 0, naphthalene when ma represents 1, and anthracene when ma represents 2.
 一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に示すが、これらに限定されない。 Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by general formula (A-1) are shown below, but are not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(一般式(A-2)で表される繰り返し単位)
 一般式(A-2)中のRa~Raは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又は、アルコキシカルボニル基を表す。Ra~Raについての説明、具体例及び好ましい範囲は、前述した一般式(A-1)中のRa~Raについての説明、具体例及び好ましい範囲と同じである。
(Repeating unit represented by formula (A-2))
In the general formula (A-2), Ra 7 to Ra 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group. The explanation, specific examples, and preferred ranges for Ra 7 to Ra 9 are the same as the explanation, specific examples, and preferred ranges for Ra 1 to Ra 3 in the general formula (A-1) described above.
 一般式(A-2)中のLaは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Laについての説明、具体例及び好ましい範囲は、前述した一般式(A-1)中のLaについての説明、具体例及び好ましい範囲と同じである。 La2 in the general formula (A-2) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The description, specific examples, and preferred ranges of La2 are the same as the description, specific examples, and preferred ranges of La1 in the general formula (A-1) described above.
 一般式(A-2)中のAraは、芳香環基を表す。Araの芳香環基は、アリーレン基であることが好ましく、炭素数6~20のアリーレン基であることがより好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリーレン基であることが更に好ましく、フェニレン基又はナフチレン基であることが特に好ましく、フェニレン基であることが最も好ましい。 In general formula (A-2), Ara represents an aromatic ring group. The aromatic ring group of Ara is preferably an arylene group, more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, even more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a phenylene group or naphthylene group, and most preferably a phenylene group.
 一般式(A-2)中のRa10~Ra12は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族複素環式基、アラルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルキルオキシ基、又は、アルケニル基を表す。
 Ra10~Ra12のアルキル基としては、直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。アルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
 Ra10~Ra12のシクロアルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、3~20が好ましく、5~15がより好ましい。Ra10~Ra12のシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、並びにノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Ra10~Ra12のアルコキシ基中に含まれるアルキル基としては直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。アルコキシ基中に含まれるアルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
 Ra10~Ra12のシクロアルキルオキシ基中に含まれるシクロアルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、3~20が好ましく、5~15がより好ましい。Ra10~Ra12のシクロアルキルオキシ基中に含まれるシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、並びにノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Ra10~Ra12のアリール基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、6~20が好ましく、6~10がより好ましい。Ra10~Ra12のアリール基としては、フェニル基が最も好ましい。
 Ra10~Ra12のアラルキル基としては、上述したRa10~Ra12のアルキル基中の1個の水素原子を炭素数6~10のアリール基(好ましくはフェニル基)で置換した基が好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基等が挙げられる。
 Ra10~Ra12のアルケニル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、2~5が好ましく、2~4がより好ましい。Ra10~Ra12のアルケニル基としては、ビニル基が好ましい。
 Ra10~Ra12の芳香族複素環式基は、硫黄原子、窒素原子及び酸素原子からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つのヘテロ原子を含むことが好ましい。芳香族複素環式基に含まれるヘテロ原子の数は1~5個が好ましく、1~3個がより好ましい。芳香族複素環式基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、2~20が好ましく、3~15がより好ましい。芳香族複素環式基は単環でも多環でもよい。Ra10~Ra12の芳香族複素環式基としては、例えば、チエニル基、フラニル基、ベンゾチエニル基、ジベンゾチエニル基、ベンゾフラニル基、ピロール基、オキサゾリル基、チアゾリル基、ピリジル基、イソチアゾリル基、チアジアゾリル基等が挙げられる。
In formula (A-2), Ra 10 to Ra 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkyloxy group, or an alkenyl group.
The alkyl groups of Ra 10 to Ra 12 may be either linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 to 20, and more preferably 5 to 15. As the cycloalkyl group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 , monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group are preferred.
The alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 may be either linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group contained in the cycloalkyloxy group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 to 20, and more preferably 5 to 15. As the cycloalkyl group contained in the cycloalkyloxy group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 , a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, and a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group are preferred.
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 6 to 20, and more preferably from 6 to 10. The aryl group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is most preferably a phenyl group.
The aralkyl groups of Ra 10 to Ra 12 are preferably groups in which one hydrogen atom in the alkyl groups of Ra 10 to Ra 12 described above is substituted with an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably a phenyl group), and examples thereof include a benzyl group.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 2 to 5, and more preferably from 2 to 4. The alkenyl group of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is preferably a vinyl group.
The aromatic heterocyclic groups of Ra 10 to Ra 12 preferably contain at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, and an oxygen atom. The number of heteroatoms contained in the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic heterocyclic group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 3 to 15. The aromatic heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic or polycyclic ring. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic groups of Ra 10 to Ra 12 include a thienyl group, a furanyl group, a benzothienyl group, a dibenzothienyl group, a benzofuranyl group, a pyrrole group, an oxazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, a pyridyl group, an isothiazolyl group, and a thiadiazolyl group.
 Ra10~Ra12のうち少なくとも2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。Ra10~Ra12が結合して環を形成してなる基としては、シクロアルキル基が好ましい。上記シクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、若しくは、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又は、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、若しくは、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。上記シクロアルキル基は、環を構成するメチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、カルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を含む基、又は、ビニリデン基で置き換わっていてもよい。これらのシクロアルキル基は、シクロアルカン環を構成するエチレン基の1つ以上が、ビニレン基で置き換わっていてもよい。 At least two of Ra 10 to Ra 12 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. As the group in which Ra 10 to Ra 12 are bonded to form a ring, a cycloalkyl group is preferable. As the cycloalkyl group, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, or an adamantyl group is preferable, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable. In the cycloalkyl group, one of the methylene groups constituting the ring may be replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group, or a vinylidene group. In these cycloalkyl groups, one or more of the ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
 Ra10~Ra12のうち少なくとも1つがアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、Ra10~Ra12のうち1つがアルコキシ基であり、かつ他の2つが水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基であることがより好ましい。 It is preferable that at least one of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is an alkoxy group, and it is more preferable that one of Ra 10 to Ra 12 is an alkoxy group and the other two are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
 一般式(A-2)中の-C(Ra10)(Ra11)(Ra12)は脱離基であることが好ましく、-O-C(Ra10)(Ra11)(Ra12)は、酸の作用により-C(Ra10)(Ra11)(Ra12)が脱離して、ヒドロキシ基(このヒドロキシ基はAraに結合しているためフェノール性水酸基である)を生じることが好ましい。 In general formula (A-2), -C(Ra 10 )(Ra 11 )(Ra 12 ) is preferably a leaving group, and -O-C(Ra 10 )(Ra 11 )(Ra 12 ) is preferably such that -C(Ra 10 )(Ra 11 )(Ra 12 ) is eliminated by the action of an acid to generate a hydroxy group (this hydroxy group is a phenolic hydroxyl group since it is bonded to Ara).
 一般式(A-2)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に示すが、これらに限定されない。 Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by general formula (A-2) are shown below, but are not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位及び一般式(A-2)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群より選ばれる繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、5モル%以上が好ましく、10モル%以上がより好ましく、15モル%以上が更に好ましい。また、一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位及び一般式(A-2)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群より選ばれる繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、70モル%以下が好ましく、60モル%以下がより好ましく、50モル%以下が更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating units selected from the group consisting of the repeating units represented by general formula (A-1) and the repeating units represented by general formula (A-2) is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and even more preferably 15 mol% or more, based on the total repeating units in resin (A). The content of the repeating units selected from the group consisting of the repeating units represented by general formula (A-1) and the repeating units represented by general formula (A-2) is preferably 70 mol% or less, more preferably 60 mol% or less, and even more preferably 50 mol% or less, based on the total repeating units in resin (A).
 樹脂(A)が含む一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位及び一般式(A-2)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群より選ばれる繰り返し単位は、1種でもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上含む場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。 The repeating units contained in resin (A) selected from the group consisting of repeating units represented by general formula (A-1) and repeating units represented by general formula (A-2) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
(酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、上記以外の酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。
 酸分解性基は、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基であることが好ましい。
 上記極性基としては、アルカリ可溶性基が好ましく、例えば、カルボキシ基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等の酸性基、並びにアルコール性水酸基等が挙げられる。
(Repeating Unit Having an Acid-Decomposable Group)
The resin (A) may contain a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group other than those mentioned above.
The acid-decomposable group is preferably a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a polar group.
The polar group is preferably an alkali-soluble group, and examples thereof include acidic groups such as a carboxy group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphate group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, an (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, an (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, a bis(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, a bis(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, a bis(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, a bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide group, a tris(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, and a tris(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, as well as an alcoholic hydroxyl group.
 酸の作用により脱離する脱離基としては、例えば、式(Y1)~(Y4)で表される基が挙げられる。
 式(Y1):-C(Rx)(Rx)(Rx
 式(Y2):-C(=O)OC(Rx)(Rx)(Rx
 式(Y3):-C(R36)(R37)(OR38
 式(Y4):-C(Rn)(H)(Ar)
Examples of the leaving group which is eliminated by the action of an acid include groups represented by the formulae (Y1) to (Y4).
Formula (Y1): -C(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 )
Formula (Y2): -C(=O)OC( Rx1 )( Rx2 )( Rx3 )
Formula (Y3): -C(R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 38 )
Formula (Y4): -C(Rn)(H)(Ar)
 式(Y1)及び式(Y2)中、Rx~Rxは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基(直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状)、シクロアルキル基(単環若しくは多環)、アリール基(単環若しくは多環)、アラルキル基(直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状)、又はアルケニル基(直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状)を表す。なお、Rx~Rxの全てがアルキル基(直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状)である場合、Rx~Rxのうち少なくとも2つはメチル基であることが好ましい。
 なかでも、Rx~Rxは、それぞれ独立に、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基を表すことが好ましく、Rx~Rxは、それぞれ独立に、直鎖状のアルキル基を表すことがより好ましい。
 Rx~Rxの2つが互いに結合して環(単環及び多環のいずれであってもよい)を形成してもよい。
 Rx~Rxのアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、及びt-ブチル基等の炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましい。
 Rx~Rxのシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、並びにノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Rx~Rxのアリール基としては、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、及びアントリル基等が挙げられる。
 Rx~Rxのアラルキル基としては、上述したRx~Rxのアルキル基中の1個の水素原子を炭素数6~10のアリール基(好ましくはフェニル基)で置換した基が好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基等が挙げられる。
 Rx~Rxのアルケニル基としては、ビニル基が好ましい。
 Rx~Rxの2つが結合して形成される環としては、シクロアルキル基が好ましい。Rx~Rxの2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、若しくは、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又はノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、若しくは、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。
 Rx~Rxの2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基は、例えば、環を構成するメチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、カルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を有する基、又はビニリデン基で置き換わっていてもよい。また、これらのシクロアルキル基は、シクロアルカン環を構成するエチレン基の1つ以上が、ビニレン基で置き換わっていてもよい。
 式(Y1)又は式(Y2)で表される基は、例えば、Rxがメチル基又はエチル基であり、RxとRxとが結合して上述のシクロアルキル基を形成している態様が好ましい。
In formula (Y1) and formula (Y2), Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an aryl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an aralkyl group (linear or branched), or an alkenyl group (linear or branched). When all of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched), it is preferable that at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are methyl groups.
In particular, it is preferable that Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group, and it is more preferable that Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent a linear alkyl group.
Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring (which may be either a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring).
The alkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, and a t-butyl group.
The cycloalkyl groups of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group.
The aryl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
The aralkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a group in which one hydrogen atom in the alkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 described above is substituted with an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably a phenyl group), and examples thereof include a benzyl group.
The alkenyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a vinyl group.
The ring formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a cycloalkyl group. The cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, or an adamantyl group, and more preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms.
In the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx1 to Rx3 , for example, one of the methylene groups constituting the ring may be replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a group having a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group, or a vinylidene group. In addition, in these cycloalkyl groups, one or more of the ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
In the group represented by formula (Y1) or formula (Y2), for example, it is preferable that Rx1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx2 and Rx3 are bonded to form the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group.
 式(Y3)中、R36~R38は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。R37とR38とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。1価の有機基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、及びアルケニル基等が挙げられる。R36は水素原子であることも好ましい。
 なお、上記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基には、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子及び/又はカルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を有する基が含まれていてもよい。例えば、上記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基は、例えば、メチレン基の1つ以上が、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子及び/又はカルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を有する基で置き換わっていてもよい。
 また、R38は、繰り返し単位の主鎖が有する別の置換基と互いに結合して、環を形成してもよい。R38と繰り返し単位の主鎖が有する別の置換基とが互いに結合して形成する基は、メチレン基等のアルキレン基が好ましい。
In formula (Y3), R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. R 37 and R 38 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group. It is also preferable that R 36 is a hydrogen atom.
The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom and/or a group having a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group. For example, the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may have one or more methylene groups replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom and/or a group having a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group.
In addition, R 38 may be bonded to another substituent in the main chain of the repeating unit to form a ring. The group formed by bonding R 38 to another substituent in the main chain of the repeating unit is preferably an alkylene group such as a methylene group.
 式(Y4)中、Arは、芳香環基を表す。Rnは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。RnとArとは互いに結合して非芳香族環を形成してもよい。Arはより好ましくはアリール基である。 In formula (Y4), Ar represents an aromatic ring group. Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group. Rn and Ar may be bonded to each other to form a non-aromatic ring. Ar is more preferably an aryl group.
 酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、5モル%以上が好ましく、10モル%以上がより好ましく、15モル%以上が更に好ましい。また、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、70モル%以下が好ましく、60モル%以下がより好ましく、50モル%以下が更に好ましい。 The content of repeating units having an acid decomposable group is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and even more preferably 15 mol% or more, based on all repeating units in resin (A). The content of repeating units having an acid decomposable group is preferably 70 mol% or less, more preferably 60 mol% or less, and even more preferably 50 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in resin (A).
 樹脂(A)が含む酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位は、1種でもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上含む場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。また、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位として、上述の一般式(A-1)又は(A-2)で表される繰り返し単位を含む場合においては、これらを含めた合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。 The repeating units having an acid-decomposable group contained in resin (A) may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned range of the preferred content. Furthermore, when the repeating units having an acid-decomposable group include repeating units represented by the above-mentioned general formula (A-1) or (A-2), it is preferable that the total content including these is within the above-mentioned range of the preferred content.
(極性基を有する繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、極性基を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。
 極性基を有する繰り返し単位は、前述した一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位及び一般式(A-2)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群より選ばれる繰り返し単位や、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位とは異なる繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
 極性基を有する繰り返し単位の極性基としては、例えば、水酸基、ラクトン基、スルトン基、ラクタム基、イミド基、アミド基、スルホンアミド基、カーボネート基、ウレタン基、ウレア基、ニトリル基、スルホキシド基、スルホニル基等が挙げられる。極性基は酸基であってもよい。極性基としては、水酸基又はラクトン基が好ましく、芳香族性水酸基がより好ましく、フェノール性水酸基が更に好ましい。
(Repeating unit having a polar group)
The resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having a polar group.
The repeating unit having a polar group is preferably a repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the repeating units represented by the general formula (A-1) and the repeating units represented by the general formula (A-2) described above, or a repeating unit other than a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
Examples of the polar group of the repeating unit having a polar group include a hydroxyl group, a lactone group, a sultone group, a lactam group, an imide group, an amide group, a sulfonamide group, a carbonate group, a urethane group, a urea group, a nitrile group, a sulfoxide group, and a sulfonyl group. The polar group may be an acid group. The polar group is preferably a hydroxyl group or a lactone group, more preferably an aromatic hydroxyl group, and even more preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group.
 極性基を有する繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(A-3)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit having a polar group is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A-3):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 一般式(A-3)中、R101、R102及びR103は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又は、アルコキシカルボニル基を表す。R102はArと結合して環を形成してもよく、その場合のR102は単結合又はアルキレン基を表す。
 Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Arは、芳香環基を表す。
 kは、1~5の整数を表す。
In formula (A-3), R 101 , R 102 and R 103 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group. R 102 may bond with Ar A to form a ring, and in that case, R 102 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
L A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Ar A represents an aromatic ring group.
k represents an integer of 1 to 5.
 一般式(A-3)中のR101、R102及びR103は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又は、アルコキシカルボニル基を表す。R101、R102及びR103についての説明、具体例及び好ましい範囲は、前述した一般式(A-1)中のRa~Raについての説明、具体例及び好ましい範囲と同じである。 In the general formula (A-3), R 101 , R 102 and R 103 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group. The explanation, specific examples and preferred ranges of R 101 , R 102 and R 103 are the same as the explanation, specific examples and preferred ranges of Ra 1 to Ra 3 in the general formula (A-1) described above.
 一般式(A-3)中のArは芳香環基を表し、より具体的には(k+1)価の芳香環基を表す。kが1である場合における2価の芳香環基は、例えば、フェニレン基、トリレン基、ナフチレン基、アントラセニレン基等の炭素数6~18のアリーレン基、又は、チオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾピロール環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、チアジアゾール環、チアゾール環等のヘテロ環を含む2価の芳香環基が好ましい。上記芳香環基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 kが2以上の整数である場合における(k+1)価の芳香環基の具体例としては、2価の芳香環基の上記した具体例から、(k-1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基が挙げられる。
 (k+1)価の芳香環基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
 (k+1)価の芳香環基が有し得る置換基としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、ドデシル基等のアルキル基;メトキシ基、エトキシ基、ヒドロキシエトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ヒドロキシプロポキシ基、ブトキシ基等のアルコキシ基;フェニル基等のアリール基;等が挙げられる。
 Arは炭素数6~18の芳香環基を表すことが好ましく、ベンゼン環基、ナフタレン環基又はビフェニレン環基を表すことがより好ましい。
Ar A in the general formula (A-3) represents an aromatic ring group, more specifically, an aromatic ring group having a valence of (k+1). When k is 1, the divalent aromatic ring group is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, such as a phenylene group, a tolylene group, a naphthylene group, or an anthracenylene group, or a divalent aromatic ring group containing a heterocycle, such as a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, a benzothiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzopyrrole ring, a triazine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, or a thiazole ring. The aromatic ring group may have a substituent.
Specific examples of the (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group when k is an integer of 2 or more include groups obtained by removing any (k-1) hydrogen atoms from the above-mentioned specific examples of the divalent aromatic ring group.
The (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group may further have a substituent.
The substituent that the (k+1)-valent aromatic ring group may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, hexyl, 2-ethylhexyl, octyl, and dodecyl groups; alkoxy groups such as methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxyethoxy, propoxy, hydroxypropoxy, and butoxy groups; and aryl groups such as phenyl groups.
Ar A preferably represents an aromatic ring group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably represents a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group or a biphenylene ring group.
 一般式(A-3)中のLは単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Lが表す2価の連結基としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、-COO-、-CONR64-、アルキレン基、又はこれらの基の2種以上を組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。上記R64は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
 上記アルキレン基としては、特に限定されないが、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ヘキシレン基、及びオクチレン基等の炭素数1~8のアルキレン基が好ましい。
 R64がアルキル基を表す場合のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、ドデシル基等の炭素数20以下のアルキル基が挙げられ、炭素数8以下のアルキル基が好ましい。
In formula (A-3), L 1 A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
The divalent linking group represented by L A is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include -COO-, -CONR 64 -, an alkylene group, or a group formed by combining two or more of these groups, where R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
The alkylene group is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group, or an octylene group.
When R 64 represents an alkyl group, examples of the alkyl group include alkyl groups having 20 or less carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, an octyl group, and a dodecyl group, and an alkyl group having 8 or less carbon atoms is preferable.
 一般式(A-3)で表される繰り返し単位は、ヒドロキシスチレン構造を備えていることが好ましい。すなわち、Arはベンゼン環基を表すことが好ましい。
 kは1~3の整数を表すことが好ましく、1又は2を表すことがより好ましい。
The repeating unit represented by formula (A-3) preferably has a hydroxystyrene structure, that is, Ar A preferably represents a benzene ring group.
k preferably represents an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably represents 1 or 2.
 一般式(A-3)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に示すが、これらに限定されない。式中、aは1~3の整数を表す。 Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by general formula (A-3) are shown below, but are not limited to these. In the formula, a represents an integer of 1 to 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 樹脂(A)中の極性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、特に限定されないが、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して20モル%以上であることが好ましく、30モル%以上であることがより好ましく、40モル%以上であることが更に好ましい。また、極性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して90モル%以下であることが好ましく、85モル%以下であることがより好ましく、80モル%以下であることが更に好ましい。 The content of repeating units having a polar group in resin (A) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 30 mol% or more, and even more preferably 40 mol% or more, based on the total repeating units in resin (A). In addition, the content of repeating units having a polar group is preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 85 mol% or less, and even more preferably 80 mol% or less, based on the total repeating units in resin (A).
 樹脂(A)が含む極性基を有する繰り返し単位は、1種でもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上含む場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。 The repeating units having a polar group contained in resin (A) may be of one type or of two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total content is within the range of the preferred content described above.
(ラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、ラクトン基、スルトン基、及びカーボネート基からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位(以下、「単位Y」ともいう。)を有していてもよい。
 単位Yは、水酸基、及びヘキサフルオロプロパノール基等の酸基を有さないことも好ましい。
(Repeating Unit Having a Lactone Group, a Sultone Group, or a Carbonate Group)
The resin (A) may have a repeating unit (hereinafter also referred to as "unit Y") having at least one type selected from the group consisting of a lactone group, a sultone group, and a carbonate group.
It is also preferred that the unit Y does not have a hydroxyl group or an acid group such as a hexafluoropropanol group.
 ラクトン基又はスルトン基としては、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有していればよい。ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造は、5~7員環ラクトン構造又は5~7員環スルトン構造が好ましい。なかでも、ビシクロ構造若しくはスピロ構造を形成する形で5~7員環ラクトン構造に他の環構造が縮環しているもの、又はビシクロ構造若しくはスピロ構造を形成する形で5~7員環スルトン構造に他の環構造が縮環しているものがより好ましい。
 樹脂(A)について、国際公開第2022/024928号の[0120]~[0134]の記載を参照として取り込むことができる。
The lactone group or sultone group may have a lactone structure or sultone structure. The lactone structure or sultone structure is preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone structure or a 5- to 7-membered sultone structure. Among them, a 5- to 7-membered lactone structure having another ring structure condensed thereto in the form of a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure, or a 5- to 7-membered sultone structure having another ring structure condensed thereto in the form of a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure, is more preferred.
Regarding the resin (A), the description of [0120] to [0134] in WO 2022/024928 can be incorporated by reference.
(酸分解性基及び酸基のいずれも有さず、フッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、上述した繰り返し単位とは別に、酸分解性基及び酸基のいずれも有さず、フッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位(以下、単位Xともいう。)を有していてもよい。ここで言う<酸分解性基及び酸基のいずれも有さず、フッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位>は、上述の<ラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位>、及び後述の<光酸発生基を有する繰り返し単位>とは異なることが好ましい。
(Repeating units having neither an acid decomposable group nor an acid group, and having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom)
In addition to the repeating units described above, the resin (A) may have a repeating unit (hereinafter also referred to as unit X) that has neither an acid-decomposable group nor an acid group and has a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom. The <repeating unit that has neither an acid-decomposable group nor an acid group and has a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom> referred to here is preferably different from the above-mentioned <repeating unit having a lactone group, a sultone group or a carbonate group> and the below-mentioned <repeating unit having a photoacid generating group>.
 単位Xとしては、式(C)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 The repeating unit X is preferably a repeating unit represented by formula (C).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 Lは、単結合、又はエステル基を表す。Rは、水素原子、又はフッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有していてもよいアルキル基を表す。R10は、水素原子、フッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有していてもよいアルキル基、フッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有していてもよいシクロアルキル基、フッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有していてもよいアリール基、又はこれらを組み合わせた基を表す。 L5 represents a single bond or an ester group. R9 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. R10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, a cycloalkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, an aryl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, or a group which combines these.
 フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位を以下に例示する。 Examples of repeating units containing fluorine or iodine atoms are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 単位Xの含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、0モル%以上が好ましく、5モル%以上がより好ましく、10モル%以上が更に好ましい。また、その上限値としては、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、50モル%以下が好ましく、45モル%以下がより好ましく、40モル%以下が更に好ましい。 The content of unit X is preferably 0 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, and even more preferably 10 mol% or more, based on all repeating units in resin (A). The upper limit is preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 45 mol% or less, and even more preferably 40 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in resin (A).
 樹脂(A)の繰り返し単位のうち、フッ素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子の少なくとも1つを含む繰り返し単位の合計含有量は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、10モル%以上が好ましく、20モル%以上がより好ましく、30モル%以上が更に好ましく、40モル%以上が特に好ましい。上限値は特に制限されないが、例えば、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、100モル%以下である。
 なお、フッ素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子の少なくとも1つを含む繰り返し単位としては、例えば、フッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有し、かつ、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位、フッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有し、かつ、酸基を有する繰り返し単位、及びフッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
The total content of repeating units containing at least one of a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom in the repeating units of the resin (A) is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, even more preferably 30 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 40 mol% or more, based on the total repeating units of the resin (A). The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 100 mol% or less based on the total repeating units of the resin (A).
Examples of the repeating unit containing at least one of a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom include a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom and having an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom and having an acid group, and a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
(光酸発生基を有する繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、上記以外の繰り返し単位として、活性光線又は放射線(好ましくは電子線又は極紫外線)の照射により酸を発生する基(以下、「光酸発生基」ともいう)を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
 光酸発生基を有する繰り返し単位としては、式(4)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
(Repeating Unit Having a Photoacid Generating Group)
Resin (A) may have, as a repeating unit other than the above, a repeating unit having a group that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (preferably electron beams or extreme ultraviolet rays) (hereinafter also referred to as a "photoacid generating group").
An example of the repeating unit having a photoacid generating group is a repeating unit represented by formula (4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 R41は、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。L41は、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。L42は、2価の連結基を表す。R40は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解して側鎖に酸を発生させる構造部位を表す。
 光酸発生基を有する繰り返し単位を以下に例示するが、これらに限定されない。
R 41 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. L 41 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. L 42 represents a divalent linking group. R 40 represents a structural moiety that is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to generate an acid in a side chain.
Examples of the repeating unit having a photoacid generating group are shown below, but the invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 そのほか、式(4)で表される繰り返し単位としては、例えば、特開2014-041327号公報の段落[0094]~[0105]に記載された繰り返し単位、及び国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0094]に記載された繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 Other examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (4) include the repeating units described in paragraphs [0094] to [0105] of JP 2014-041327 A and the repeating unit described in paragraph [0094] of WO 2018/193954 A.
 樹脂(A)が光酸発生基を有する繰り返し単位を含む場合、光酸発生基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、1モル%以上が好ましく、5モル%以上がより好ましい。また、その上限値としては、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、40モル%以下が好ましく、35モル%以下がより好ましく、30モル%以下が更に好ましい。 When resin (A) contains a repeating unit having a photoacid generating group, the content of the repeating unit having a photoacid generating group is preferably 1 mol% or more, and more preferably 5 mol% or more, based on the total repeating units in resin (A). The upper limit is preferably 40 mol% or less, more preferably 35 mol% or less, and even more preferably 30 mol% or less, based on the total repeating units in resin (A).
(式(V-1)又は下記式(V-2)で表される繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、下記式(V-1)、又は下記式(V-2)で表される繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
 下記式(V-1)、及び下記式(V-2)で表される繰り返し単位は上述の繰り返し単位とは異なる繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
(Repeating unit represented by formula (V-1) or the following formula (V-2))
The resin (A) may have a repeating unit represented by the following formula (V-1) or the following formula (V-2).
The repeating units represented by the following formulae (V-1) and (V-2) are preferably repeating units different from the repeating units described above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 式中、
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、水酸基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アシロキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、ハロゲン原子、エステル基(-OCOR又は-COOR:Rは炭素数1~6のアルキル基又はフッ素化アルキル基)、又はカルボキシル基を表す。アルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状のアルキル基が好ましい。
 nは、0~6の整数を表す。
 nは、0~4の整数を表す。
 Xは、メチレン基、酸素原子、又は硫黄原子である。
 式(V-1)又は(V-2)で表される繰り返し単位を以下に例示する。
 式(V-1)又は(V-2)で表される繰り返し単位としては、例えば、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0100]に記載された繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
In the formula,
R6 and R7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, an ester group (-OCOR or -COOR: R is an alkyl group or a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), or a carboxyl group. As the alkyl group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
n3 represents an integer of 0 to 6.
n4 represents an integer of 0 to 4.
X4 is a methylene group, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom.
Examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (V-1) or (V-2) are shown below.
Examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (V-1) or (V-2) include the repeating units described in paragraph [0100] of WO 2018/193954.
(主鎖の運動性を低下させるための繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、発生酸の過剰な拡散又は現像時のパターン崩壊を抑制できる点から、ガラス転移温度(Tg)が高い方が好ましい。Tgは、90℃より大きいことが好ましく、100℃より大きいことがより好ましく、110℃より大きいことが更に好ましく、125℃より大きいことが特に好ましい。なお、現像液への溶解速度が優れる点から、Tgは400℃以下が好ましく、350℃以下がより好ましい。
 なお、本明細書において、樹脂(A)等のポリマーのガラス転移温度(Tg)(以下「繰り返し単位のTg」)は、以下の方法で算出する。まず、ポリマー中に含まれる各繰り返し単位のみからなるホモポリマーのTgを、Bicerano法によりそれぞれ算出する。次に、ポリマー中の全繰り返し単位に対する、各繰り返し単位の質量割合(%)を算出する。次に、Foxの式(Materials Letters 62(2008)3152等に記載)を用いて各質量割合におけるTgを算出して、それらを総和して、ポリマーのTg(℃)とする。
 Bicerano法は、Prediction of polymer properties, Marcel Dekker Inc, New York(1993)に記載されている。Bicerano法によるTgの算出は、ポリマーの物性概算ソフトウェアMDL Polymer(MDL Information Systems, Inc.)を用いて行うことができる。
(Repeating unit for reducing main chain mobility)
Resin (A) preferably has a high glass transition temperature (Tg) in order to suppress excessive diffusion of generated acid or pattern collapse during development. Tg is preferably higher than 90° C., more preferably higher than 100° C., even more preferably higher than 110° C., and particularly preferably higher than 125° C. In order to provide a superior dissolution rate in a developer, Tg is preferably 400° C. or lower, more preferably 350° C. or lower.
In this specification, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of a polymer such as resin (A) (hereinafter, "Tg of a repeating unit") is calculated by the following method. First, the Tg of a homopolymer consisting of only each repeating unit contained in the polymer is calculated by the Bicerano method. Next, the mass ratio (%) of each repeating unit to the total repeating units in the polymer is calculated. Next, the Tg at each mass ratio is calculated using the Fox formula (described in Materials Letters 62 (2008) 3152, etc.), and these are summed up to obtain the Tg (°C) of the polymer.
The Bicerano method is described in Prediction of Polymer Properties, Marcel Dekker Inc., New York (1993). The calculation of Tg by the Bicerano method can be performed using polymer property estimation software MDL Polymer (MDL Information Systems, Inc.).
 樹脂(A)のTgを大きくする(好ましくは、Tgを90℃超とする)には、樹脂(A)の主鎖の運動性を低下させることが好ましい。樹脂(A)の主鎖の運動性を低下させる方法は、以下の(a)~(e)の方法が挙げられる。
 (a)主鎖への嵩高い置換基の導入
 (b)主鎖への複数の置換基の導入
 (c)主鎖近傍への樹脂(A)間の相互作用を誘発する置換基の導入
 (d)環状構造での主鎖形成
 (e)主鎖への環状構造の連結
 なお、樹脂(A)は、ホモポリマーのTgが130℃以上を示す繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。
 なお、ホモポリマーのTgが130℃以上を示す繰り返し単位の種類は特に制限されず、Bicerano法により算出されるホモポリマーのTgが130℃以上である繰り返し単位であればよい。なお、後述する式(A)~式(E)で表される繰り返し単位中の官能基の種類によっては、ホモポリマーのTgが130℃以上を示す繰り返し単位に該当する。
In order to increase the Tg of the resin (A) (preferably to make the Tg exceed 90° C.), it is preferable to reduce the mobility of the main chain of the resin (A). Methods for reducing the mobility of the main chain of the resin (A) include the following methods (a) to (e).
(a) Introduction of a bulky substituent into the main chain; (b) Introduction of a plurality of substituents into the main chain; (c) Introduction of a substituent inducing an interaction between resins (A) in the vicinity of the main chain; (d) Formation of a main chain with a cyclic structure; (e) Linking of a cyclic structure to the main chain. Note that resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit showing a homopolymer Tg of 130° C. or higher.
The type of repeating unit exhibiting a homopolymer Tg of 130° C. or higher is not particularly limited, and may be any repeating unit exhibiting a homopolymer Tg of 130° C. or higher as calculated by the Bicerano method. Depending on the type of functional group in the repeating units represented by formulae (A) to (E) described below, the repeating unit may be one exhibiting a homopolymer Tg of 130° C. or higher.
 上記(a)の具体的な達成手段の一例としては、樹脂(A)に式(A)で表される繰り返し単位を導入する方法が挙げられる。 One example of a specific means for achieving the above (a) is to introduce a repeating unit represented by formula (A) into resin (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 式(A)、Rは、多環構造を含む基を表す。Rは、水素原子、メチル基、又はエチル基を表す。多環構造を含む基とは、複数の環構造を含む基であり、複数の環構造は縮合していても、縮合していなくてもよい。
 式(A)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例としては、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0107]~[0119]に記載のものが挙げられる。
In formula (A), R represents a group containing a polycyclic structure. Rx represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group. The group containing a polycyclic structure is a group containing a plurality of ring structures, and the plurality of ring structures may be condensed or not condensed.
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (A) include those described in paragraphs [0107] to [0119] of WO 2018/193954.
 上記(b)の具体的な達成手段の一例としては、樹脂(A)に式(B)で表される繰り返し単位を導入する方法が挙げられる。 One example of a specific means for achieving the above (b) is to introduce a repeating unit represented by formula (B) into resin (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式(B)中、Rb1~Rb4は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表し、Rb1~Rb4のうち少なくとも2つ以上が有機基を表す。
 有機基の少なくとも1つが、繰り返し単位中の主鎖に直接環構造が連結している基である場合、他の有機基の種類は特に制限されない。
 また、有機基のいずれも繰り返し単位中の主鎖に直接環構造が連結している基ではない場合、有機基の少なくとも2つ以上は、水素原子を除く構成原子の数が3つ以上である置換基である。
 式(B)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例としては、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0113]~[0115]に記載のものが挙げられる。
In formula (B), R b1 to R b4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and at least two of R b1 to R b4 represent an organic group.
When at least one of the organic groups is a group in which a ring structure is directly linked to the main chain in the repeating unit, the type of the other organic groups is not particularly limited.
Furthermore, when none of the organic groups has a ring structure directly linked to the main chain in the repeating unit, at least two of the organic groups are substituents having three or more constituent atoms excluding hydrogen atoms.
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (B) include those described in paragraphs [0113] to [0115] of WO 2018/193954.
 上記(c)の具体的な達成手段の一例としては、樹脂(A)に式(C)で表される繰り返し単位を導入する方法が挙げられる。 One example of a specific means for achieving the above (c) is to introduce a repeating unit represented by formula (C) into resin (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式(C)中、Rc1~Rc4は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表し、Rc1~Rc4のうち少なくとも1つが、主鎖炭素から原子数3以内に水素結合性の水素原子を含む基である。なかでも、樹脂(A)の主鎖間の相互作用を誘発するうえで、原子数2以内(より主鎖近傍側)に水素結合性の水素原子を有することが好ましい。
 式(C)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例としては、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0119]~[0121]に記載のものが挙げられる。
In formula (C), R c1 to R c4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and at least one of R c1 to R c4 is a group containing a hydrogen-bonding hydrogen atom within three atoms from a main chain carbon. In particular, in order to induce an interaction between the main chains of resin (A), it is preferable to have a hydrogen-bonding hydrogen atom within two atoms (closer to the main chain).
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (C) include those described in paragraphs [0119] to [0121] of WO 2018/193954.
 上記(d)の具体的な達成手段の一例としては、樹脂(A)に式(D)で表される繰り返し単位を導入する方法が挙げられる。 One example of a specific means for achieving the above (d) is to introduce a repeating unit represented by formula (D) into resin (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式(D)中、「Cyclic」は、環状構造で主鎖を形成している基を表す。環の構成原子数は特に制限されない。
 式(D)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例としては、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0126]~[0127]に記載のものが挙げられる。
In formula (D), "Cyclic" represents a group forming a main chain with a cyclic structure. The number of constituent atoms of the ring is not particularly limited.
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (D) include those described in paragraphs [0126] to [0127] of WO 2018/193954.
 上記(e)の具体的な達成手段の一例としては、樹脂(A)に式(E)で表される繰り返し単位を導入する方法が挙げられる。 One example of a specific means for achieving the above (e) is to introduce a repeating unit represented by formula (E) into resin (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 式(E)中、Reは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。有機基としては、例えば、置換基を有してもよい、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、及びアルケニル基が挙げられる。
 「Cyclic」は、主鎖の炭素原子を含む環状基である。環状基に含まれる原子数は特に制限されない。
 式(E)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例としては、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0131]~[0133]に記載のものが挙げられる。
In formula (E), each Re independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Examples of the organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group, each of which may have a substituent.
"Cyclic" refers to a cyclic group containing carbon atoms in the main chain. The number of atoms contained in the cyclic group is not particularly limited.
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (E) include those described in paragraphs [0131] to [0133] of WO 2018/193954.
(ラクトン基、スルトン基、カーボネート基、水酸基、シアノ基、及びアルカリ可溶性基から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の基を有する繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、ラクトン基、スルトン基、カーボネート基、水酸基、シアノ基、及びアルカリ可溶性基から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
 樹脂(A)が有するラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位としては、上述した<ラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位>で説明した繰り返し単位が挙げられる。好ましい含有量も上述した<ラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位>で説明した通りである。
(Repeating unit having at least one group selected from a lactone group, a sultone group, a carbonate group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and an alkali-soluble group)
The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having at least one type of group selected from a lactone group, a sultone group, a carbonate group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and an alkali-soluble group.
Examples of the repeating unit having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group contained in the resin (A) include the repeating units described above in <Repeat units having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group>. The preferred content is also as described above in <Repeat units having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group>.
 樹脂(A)は、水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。これにより基板密着性、現像液親和性が向上する。
 水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位は、水酸基又はシアノ基で置換された脂環式炭化水素構造を有する繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
 水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位は、酸分解性基を有さないことが好ましい。水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位としては、特開2014-098921号公報の段落[0081]~[0084]に記載のものが挙げられる。
The resin (A) may contain a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group, which improves the adhesion to the substrate and the affinity for the developer.
The repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group.
The repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group preferably does not have an acid-decomposable group. Examples of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group include those described in paragraphs [0081] to [0084] of JP2014-098921A.
 樹脂(A)は、アルカリ可溶性基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
 アルカリ可溶性基としては、カルボキシル基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、ビススルホニルイミド基、及びα位が電子求引性基で置換された脂肪族アルコール基(例えば、ヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)が挙げられ、カルボキシル基が好ましい。樹脂(A)がアルカリ可溶性基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことにより、コンタクトホール用途での解像性が増す。アルカリ可溶性基を有する繰り返し単位としては、特開2014-098921号公報の段落[0085]及び[0086]に記載のものが挙げられる。
The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group.
Examples of the alkali-soluble group include a carboxyl group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, a bissulfonylimide group, and an aliphatic alcohol group (e.g., a hexafluoroisopropanol group) substituted at the α-position with an electron-withdrawing group, with the carboxyl group being preferred. The resin (A) contains a repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group, which increases the resolution in contact hole applications. Examples of the repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group include those described in paragraphs [0085] and [0086] of JP 2014-098921 A.
(脂環式炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、脂環式炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位を有してもよい。これにより液浸露光時にレジスト膜から液浸液への低分子成分の溶出が低減できる。脂環式炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位として、例えば、1-アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジアマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロデカニル(メタ)アクリレート、又はシクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート由来の繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
(Repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and not exhibiting acid decomposition property)
Resin (A) may have an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and a repeating unit that does not exhibit acid decomposability. This can reduce elution of low molecular weight components from the resist film into the immersion liquid during immersion exposure. Examples of repeating units that have an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and do not exhibit acid decomposability include repeating units derived from 1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, diamantyl (meth)acrylate, tricyclodecanyl (meth)acrylate, or cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate.
(水酸基及びシアノ基のいずれも有さない、式(III)で表される繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、水酸基及びシアノ基のいずれも有さない、式(III)で表される繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
(Repeating unit represented by formula (III) having neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group)
The resin (A) may have a repeating unit represented by formula (III) which has neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 式(III)中、Rは少なくとも1つの環状構造を有し、水酸基及びシアノ基のいずれも有さない炭化水素基を表す。
 Raは水素原子、アルキル基又は-CH-O-Ra基を表す。式中、Raは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアシル基を表す。
 水酸基及びシアノ基のいずれも有さない、式(III)で表される繰り返し単位としては、特開2014-098921号公報の段落[0087]~[0094]に記載のものが挙げられる。
In formula (III), R5 represents a hydrocarbon group having at least one cyclic structure and having neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group.
Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a -CH 2 -O-Ra 2 group, where Ra 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an acyl group.
Examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (III) that does not have either a hydroxyl group or a cyano group include those described in paragraphs [0087] to [0094] of JP2014-098921A.
 樹脂(A)は、上記の繰り返し構造単位以外に、ドライエッチング耐性、標準現像液適性、基板密着性、レジストプロファイル、解像性、耐熱性、及び感度等を調節する目的で様々な繰り返し構造単位を有していてもよい。 In addition to the repeating structural units described above, resin (A) may have various repeating structural units for the purpose of adjusting dry etching resistance, suitability for standard developing solutions, substrate adhesion, resist profile, resolution, heat resistance, sensitivity, etc.
 樹脂(A)としては、特に、本発明の組成物がArF用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として用いられる場合、繰り返し単位の全てが、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物に由来する繰り返し単位で構成されることが好ましい。特に、繰り返し単位の全てが(メタ)アクリレート系繰り返し単位で構成されることも好ましい。繰り返し単位の全てが(メタ)アクリレート系繰り返し単位で構成される場合、繰り返し単位の全てがメタクリレート系繰り返し単位であるもの、繰り返し単位の全てがアクリレート系繰り返し単位であるもの、繰り返し単位の全てがメタクリレート系繰り返し単位とアクリレート系繰り返し単位とによるもののいずれのものでも用いることができ、アクリレート系繰り返し単位が全繰り返し単位の50モル%以下であることが好ましい。 As the resin (A), particularly when the composition of the present invention is used as an ArF actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, it is preferable that all of the repeating units are composed of repeating units derived from a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. In particular, it is also preferable that all of the repeating units are composed of (meth)acrylate-based repeating units. When all of the repeating units are composed of (meth)acrylate-based repeating units, any of the repeating units in which all of the repeating units are methacrylate-based repeating units, all of the repeating units are acrylate-based repeating units, or all of the repeating units are a mixture of methacrylate-based repeating units and acrylate-based repeating units can be used, and it is preferable that the acrylate-based repeating units account for 50 mol% or less of the total repeating units.
 樹脂(A)は、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成できる。
 GPC法によりポリスチレン換算値として、樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、30,000以下が好ましく、1,000~30,000がより好ましく、3,000~30,000が更に好ましく、5,000~15,000が特に好ましい。
 樹脂(A)の分散度(分子量分布、Pd、Mw/Mn)は、1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1.2~3.0が更に好ましく、1.2~2.0が特に好ましい。分散度が小さいものほど、解像度、及びレジスト形状がより優れ、更に、レジストパターンの側壁がよりスムーズであり、ラフネス性にもより優れる。
The resin (A) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin (A), as calculated in terms of polystyrene by the GPC method, is preferably 30,000 or less, more preferably 1,000 to 30,000, even more preferably 3,000 to 30,000, and particularly preferably 5,000 to 15,000.
The dispersity (molecular weight distribution, Pd, Mw/Mn) of the resin (A) is preferably from 1 to 5, more preferably from 1 to 3, even more preferably from 1.2 to 3.0, and particularly preferably from 1.2 to 2.0. The smaller the dispersity, the better the resolution and resist shape, and furthermore, the smoother the sidewalls of the resist pattern are, and the better the roughness.
 本発明の組成物において、樹脂(A)の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、40.0~99.9質量%が好ましく、60.0~90.0質量%がより好ましい。
 樹脂(A)は、1種で使用してもよいし、2種以上使用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
In the composition of the present invention, the content of the resin (A) is preferably from 40.0 to 99.9 mass %, more preferably from 60.0 to 90.0 mass %, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
Resin (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more resins are used, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned suitable content range.
〔カチオンラジカル構造を有する塩(B)〕
 本発明の組成物はカチオンラジカル構造を有する塩(B)(以下、単に「塩(B)」ともいう)を含有する。
[Salt (B) having a cation radical structure]
The composition of the present invention contains a salt (B) having a cation radical structure (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "salt (B)").
 上述のように、塩(B)は、カチオンラジカル構造を有することにより、ラジカル捕捉機能を有する。そのため、活性光線又は放射線の照射により系中に発生するラジカルを捕捉し、その結果として、酸の拡散を抑制できるものと推定している。すなわち、塩(B)は、本発明の組成物において、酸拡散制御剤として機能することができる。 As described above, salt (B) has a cation radical structure and thus has a radical scavenging function. Therefore, it is presumed that salt (B) can capture radicals generated in the system upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and as a result, inhibit the diffusion of acid. In other words, salt (B) can function as an acid diffusion control agent in the composition of the present invention.
 塩(B)の構造としては、カチオンラジカル構造を有する限りにおいて特に限定はされないが、下記一般式(B-1)又は一般式(B-2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The structure of salt (B) is not particularly limited as long as it has a cation radical structure, but it is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (B-1) or general formula (B-2).
<一般式(B-1)で表される化合物> <Compound represented by general formula (B-1)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 一般式(B-1)中、Rb~Rbは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、チオール基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アミノ基、ヘテロアリール基、カルボニル基、シアノ基、又はこれらの組み合わせからなる基を表し、互いに結合して環を形成していても良い。A は対アニオンを表す。 In general formula (B-1), Rb 1 to Rb 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a thiol group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an amino group, a heteroaryl group, a carbonyl group, a cyano group, or a group consisting of a combination thereof, and may be bonded to each other to form a ring. A 1 - represents a counter anion.
 Rb~Rbが表すアルキル基としては、例えば、炭素数1~10の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基が挙げられ、炭素数1~4の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基又はエチル基が好ましい。 Examples of the alkyl group represented by Rb 1 to Rb 4 include linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
 Rb~Rbが表すアルケニル基としては、例えば、炭素数2~10の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルケニル基が挙げられ、炭素数2~4の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルケニル基が好ましい。 Examples of the alkenyl group represented by Rb 1 to Rb 4 include linear or branched alkenyl groups having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and linear or branched alkenyl groups having 2 to 4 carbon atoms are preferred.
 Rb~Rbが表すアルキニル基としては、例えば、炭素数2~10の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキニル基が挙げられ、炭素数2~4の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキニル基が好ましい。 Examples of the alkynyl group represented by Rb 1 to Rb 4 include linear or branched alkynyl groups having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and linear or branched alkynyl groups having 2 to 4 carbon atoms are preferred.
 Rb~Rbが表すアリール基としては、例えば、炭素数6~20のアリール基が挙げられ、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、フェニル基が好ましい。 Examples of the aryl group represented by Rb 1 to Rb 4 include aryl groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably aryl groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably a phenyl group.
 Rb~Rbが表すアルコキシ基中に含まれるアルキル基としては、上述のRb~Rbとしてのアルキル基が挙げられ、好ましい例も同様である。 Examples of the alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group represented by Rb 1 to Rb 4 include the alkyl groups as Rb 1 to Rb 4 described above, and preferred examples are also the same.
 Rb~Rbが表すアルキルチオ基中に含まれるアルキル基としては、上述のRb~Rbとしてのアルキル基が挙げられ、好ましい例も同様である。 Examples of the alkyl group contained in the alkylthio group represented by Rb 1 to Rb 4 include the alkyl groups as Rb 1 to Rb 4 described above, and preferred examples thereof are also the same.
 Rb~Rbが表すアリールチオ基中に含まれるアリール基としては、上述のRb~Rbとしてのアリール基が挙げられ、好ましい例も同様である。 Examples of the aryl group contained in the arylthio group represented by Rb 1 to Rb 4 include the aryl groups as Rb 1 to Rb 4 described above, and preferred examples thereof are also the same.
 Rb~Rbが表すヘテロアリール基としては、硫黄原子、窒素原子、及び酸素原子からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つのヘテロ原子を含むことが好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、2~20が好ましく、3~15がより好ましい。ヘテロアリール基は単環でも多環でもよい。ヘテロアリール基としては、例えば、チエニル基、フラニル基、ピロール基、オキサゾリル基、チアゾリル基、イミダゾリル基、ピリジニル基、イソチアゾリル基、チアジアゾリル基等が挙げられる。 The heteroaryl group represented by Rb 1 to Rb 4 preferably contains at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, and an oxygen atom. The number of carbon atoms in the heteroaryl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 to 20, and more preferably 3 to 15. The heteroaryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the heteroaryl group include a thienyl group, a furanyl group, a pyrrole group, an oxazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, an imidazolyl group, a pyridinyl group, an isothiazolyl group, and a thiadiazolyl group.
 これらの2つ以上を組み合わせてなる基は、特に限定されないが、例えば、カルボニル基と、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、及びアルコキシ基からなる群から選択される少なくとも一つを組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。 The group formed by combining two or more of these is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include a group formed by combining a carbonyl group with at least one group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, and an alkoxy group.
 Rb~Rbが表す上記基は、さらに置換基を有していても良い。さらなる置換基としては、例えば、上述のRb~Rbとしての各基が挙げられる。 The above groups represented by Rb 1 to Rb 4 may further have a substituent. Examples of the further substituent include the groups described above as Rb 1 to Rb 4 .
 Rb~Rbは、互いに結合して環を形成しても良い。この場合、RbとRb、又は、RbとRbが結合して環を形成することが好ましく、そのいずれもであってもよい。 Rb 1 to Rb 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. In this case, it is preferable that Rb 1 and Rb 2 or Rb 3 and Rb 4 are bonded to form a ring, and either of them may be used.
 Rb~Rbが互いに結合して形成される環は単環でもよいし、多環でもよい。また、芳香環であってもよく、非芳香環であってもよい。 The ring formed by bonding Rb 1 to Rb 4 together may be a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring, and may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring.
 Rb~Rbが互いに結合して形成される環は、5員環~7員環であることが好ましい。
 芳香環としては、芳香族炭化水素環であっても、芳香族ヘテロ環であってもよい。
 芳香族炭化水素環としては、ベンゼン環が好ましい。
 芳香族ヘテロ環としては、硫黄原子、窒素原子、及び酸素原子からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つのヘテロ原子を含む芳香族ヘテロ環が好ましく、例えば、チオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、イミダゾール環、ピリジン環、イソチアゾール環、チアジアゾール環等が挙げられる。
The ring formed by bonding Rb 1 to Rb 4 to each other is preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring.
The aromatic ring may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic hetero ring.
The aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a benzene ring.
The aromatic heterocycle is preferably an aromatic heterocycle containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, and an oxygen atom, and examples thereof include a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyridine ring, an isothiazole ring, and a thiadiazole ring.
 非芳香環としては、脂肪族炭化水素環であっても、脂肪族ヘテロ環であってもよい。
 脂肪族炭化水素環としては、例えば、シクロペンタン環、シクロヘキサン環、シクロヘプタン環等のシクロアルカン環やシクロヘキセン環等のシクロアルケン環が挙げられる。
 脂肪族ヘテロ環としては、硫黄原子、窒素原子、及び酸素原子からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つのヘテロ原子を含む脂肪族ヘテロ環が好ましく、例えば、上述の脂肪族炭化水素環に含まれるメチレン基が、-O-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-C(=O)-等のヘテロ原子を含む基に置換された環が挙げられる。例えば、-Y-(CH-Y-基(Yは、硫黄原子又は酸素原子を表し、nは1~3の整数を表す)が、一般式(B-1)中に明示される5員環における隣接する2つの炭素原子(具体的には、Rbが結合する炭素原子とRbが結合する炭素原子、又は、Rbが結合する炭素原子とRbが結合する炭素原子)と共に形成する環が挙げられる。
The non-aromatic ring may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or an aliphatic hetero ring.
Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring include cycloalkane rings such as a cyclopentane ring, a cyclohexane ring, and a cycloheptane ring, and cycloalkene rings such as a cyclohexene ring.
The aliphatic heterocycle is preferably an aliphatic heterocycle containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, and an oxygen atom, and examples thereof include rings in which a methylene group contained in the above-mentioned aliphatic hydrocarbon ring is substituted with a group containing a heteroatom such as -O-, -S-, -S(=O) 2 -, -C(=O)-, etc. Examples thereof include a ring formed by a -Y-(CH 2 ) n -Y- group (Y represents a sulfur atom or an oxygen atom, and n represents an integer of 1 to 3) together with two adjacent carbon atoms in the five-membered ring clearly shown in general formula (B-1) (specifically, the carbon atom to which Rb 1 is bonded and the carbon atom to which Rb 2 is bonded, or the carbon atom to which Rb 3 is bonded and the carbon atom to which Rb 4 is bonded).
 Rb~Rbが互いに結合して形成する環は、さらに置換基を有していても良い。さらなる置換基としては、例えば、上述のRb~Rbとしての各基が挙げられる。 The ring formed by bonding Rb 1 to Rb 4 together may further have a substituent. Examples of the further substituent include the groups described above for Rb 1 to Rb 4 .
 以下に一般式(B-1)で表される化合物のカチオンラジカル構造を有するカチオン部の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the cation moiety having a cation radical structure of the compound represented by general formula (B-1) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 一般式(B-1)中、A は対アニオンを表す。
 一般式(B-1)の対アニオンとしては特に限定されないが、例えば、スルホン酸アニオン、カルボン酸アニオン、スルホニルイミドアニオン、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオン等の有機アニオンが挙げられる。中でも、カルボン酸アニオンまたはスルホン酸アニオンであることが好ましい。
 対アニオンの構造としては、下記一般式(AN1)~(AN3)のいずれかで表される構造であることがより好ましい。
In formula (B-1), A 1 - represents a counter anion.
The counter anion in the general formula (B-1) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include organic anions such as sulfonate anion, carboxylate anion, sulfonylimide anion, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion. Among these, a carboxylate anion or a sulfonate anion is preferable.
The counter anion structure is more preferably a structure represented by any one of the following general formulas (AN1) to (AN3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 一般式(AN1)中、AQ1 はカルボン酸アニオン又はスルホン酸アニオンを表す。R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は置換基を表す。LQ1は、2価の連結基を表す。Rは、有機基を表す。 In formula (AN1), A Q1 - represents a carboxylate anion or a sulfonate anion. R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. L Q1 represents a divalent linking group. R 3 represents an organic group.
 一般式(AN1)中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は置換基を表す。
 置換基は特に制限されないが、電子求引性基ではない基が好ましい。電子求引性基ではない基としては、例えば、炭化水素基、水酸基、オキシ炭化水素基、オキシカルボニル炭化水素基、アミノ基、炭化水素置換アミノ基、及び、炭化水素置換アミド基が挙げられる。
 電子求引性基ではない基としては、それぞれ独立に、-R’、-OH、-OR’、-OCOR’、-NH、-NR’、-NHR’、又は、-NHCOR’が好ましい。R’は、1価の炭化水素基である。
In formula (AN1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
The substituent is not particularly limited, but is preferably a group that is not an electron-withdrawing group. Examples of the group that is not an electron-withdrawing group include a hydrocarbon group, a hydroxyl group, an oxyhydrocarbon group, an oxycarbonylhydrocarbon group, an amino group, a hydrocarbon-substituted amino group, and a hydrocarbon-substituted amide group.
The groups which are not electron-withdrawing groups are preferably each independently -R', -OH, -OR', -OCOR', -NH 2 , -NR' 2 , -NHR' or -NHCOR', where R' is a monovalent hydrocarbon group.
 上記R’で表される1価の炭化水素基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、及びブチル基等のアルキル基;エテニル基、プロペニル基、及びブテニル基等のアルケニル基;エチニル基、プロピニル基、及びブチニル基等のアルキニル基等の1価の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の炭化水素基;シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ノルボルニル基、及びアダマンチル基等のシクロアルキル基;シクロプロペニル基、シクロブテニル基、シクロペンテニル基、及びノルボルネニル基等のシクロアルケニル基等の1価の脂環炭化水素基;フェニル基、トリル基、キシリル基、メシチル基、ナフチル基、メチルナフチル基、アントリル基、及びメチルアントリル基等のアリール基;ベンジル基、フェネチル基、フェニルプロピル基、ナフチルメチル基、及びアントリルメチル基等のアラルキル基等の1価の芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。
 なかでも、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、炭化水素基(シクロアルキル基が好ましい)又は水素原子が好ましい。
Examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by R' include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl; alkenyl groups such as ethenyl, propenyl, and butenyl; alkynyl groups such as ethynyl, propynyl, and butynyl; cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbornyl, and adamantyl; cycloalkenyl groups such as cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, and norbornenyl; aryl groups such as phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, mesityl, naphthyl, methylnaphthyl, anthryl, and methylanthryl; and aralkyl groups such as benzyl, phenethyl, phenylpropyl, naphthylmethyl, and anthrylmethyl.
Of these, it is preferable that R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group (preferably a cycloalkyl group) or a hydrogen atom.
 LQ1は、2価の連結基を表す。
 2価の連結基としては、例えば、-O-CO-O-、-COO-、-CONH-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基(炭素数1~6が好ましい)、シクロアルキレン基(炭素数3~15が好ましい)、アルケニレン基(炭素数2~6が好ましい)、及び、これらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基が挙げられる。なかでも、2価の連結基としては、-O-CO-O-、-COO-、-CONH-、-CO-、-O-、-SO-、-O-CO-O-アルキレン基-、-COO-アルキレン基-、又は、-CONH-アルキレン基-が好ましく、-O-CO-O-、-O-CO-O-アルキレン基-、-COO-、-CONH-、-SO-、又は、-COO-アルキレン基-がより好ましい。
LQ1 represents a divalent linking group.
Examples of the divalent linking group include -O-CO-O-, -COO-, -CONH-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene groups (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), cycloalkylene groups (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), alkenylene groups (preferably having 2 to 6 carbon atoms), and divalent linking groups combining a plurality of these. Among these, the divalent linking group is preferably -O-CO-O-, -COO-, -CONH-, -CO-, -O-, -SO 2 -, -O-CO-O-alkylene group-, -COO-alkylene group-, or -CONH-alkylene group-, and more preferably -O-CO-O-, -O-CO-O-alkylene group-, -COO-, -CONH-, -SO 2 -, or -COO-alkylene group-.
 LQ1としては、例えば、下記式(AN1-1)で表される基が好ましい。
 *-(CR2a -Q-(CR2b -*   (AN1-1)
L Q1 is, for example, preferably a group represented by the following formula (AN1-1).
* a - ( CR2a2 ) X - Q - ( CR2b2 ) Y - * b (AN1-1)
 式(AN1-1)中、*は、一般式(AN1)におけるRとの結合位置を表す。
 *は、一般式(AN1)における-C(R)(R)-との結合位置を表す。
 X及びYは、それぞれ独立に、0~10の整数を表し、0~3の整数が好ましい。
 R2a及びR2bは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 R2a及びR2bがそれぞれ複数存在する場合、複数存在するR2a及びR2bは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 ただし、Yが1以上の場合、一般式(AN1)における-C(R)(R)-と直接結合するCR2b におけるR2bは、フッ素原子以外である。
 Qは、*-O-CO-O-*、*-CO-*、*-CO-O-*、*-O-CO-*、*-O-*、*-S-*、又は、*-SO-*を表す。
 ただし、式(AN1-1)中のX+Yが1以上、かつ、式(AN1-1)中のR2a及びR2bのいずれもが全て水素原子である場合、Qは、*-O-CO-O-*、*-CO-*、*-O-CO-*、*-O-*、*-S-*、又は、*-SO-*を表す。
 *は、一般式(AN1)におけるR側の結合位置を表し、*は、一般式(AN1)における-SO 側の結合位置を表す。
In formula (AN1-1), * a represents the bonding position to R 3 in general formula (AN1).
* b represents the bonding position to --C(R 1 )(R 2 )-- in formula (AN1).
X and Y each independently represent an integer of 0 to 10, and preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
R 2a and R 2b each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
When a plurality of R 2a and a plurality of R 2b are present, the plurality of R 2a and R 2b may be the same or different.
However, when Y is 1 or more, R 2b in CR 2b 2 directly bonded to —C(R 1 )(R 2 )— in general formula (AN1) is other than a fluorine atom.
Q represents * A -O-CO-O-* B , * A -CO-* B , * A -CO-O-* B , * A -O-CO-* B , * A -O-* B , * A -S-* B , or * A - SO2- * B .
However, when X+Y in formula (AN1-1) is 1 or more and both R 2a and R 2b in formula (AN1-1) are hydrogen atoms, Q represents * A -O-CO-O-* B , * A -CO-* B , * A -O-CO-* B , * A -O-* B , * A -S-* B or * A - SO2- * B .
* A represents the bonding position on the R3 side in general formula (AN1), and * B represents the bonding position on the --SO 3 -- side in general formula (AN1).
 一般式(AN1)中、Rは、有機基を表す。
 上記有機基は、炭素原子を1以上有していれば特に制限はなく、直鎖状の基(例えば、直鎖状のアルキル基)でも、分岐鎖状の基(例えば、t-ブチル基等の分岐鎖状のアルキル基)でもよく、環状の基であってもよい。上記有機基は、置換基を有していても、有していなくてもよい。上記有機基は、ヘテロ原子(酸素原子、硫黄原子、及び/又は、窒素原子等)を有していても、有してなくてもよい。
In formula (AN1), R3 represents an organic group.
The organic group is not particularly limited as long as it has one or more carbon atoms, and may be a linear group (e.g., a linear alkyl group), a branched group (e.g., a branched alkyl group such as a t-butyl group), or a cyclic group. The organic group may or may not have a substituent. The organic group may or may not have a heteroatom (such as an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and/or a nitrogen atom).
 なかでも、Rは、環状構造を有する有機基であることが好ましい。上記環状構造は、単環でも多環でもよく、置換基を有していてもよい。環状構造を含む有機基における環は、一般式(AN1)中のLQ1と直接結合していることが好ましい。
 上記環状構造を有する有機基は、例えば、ヘテロ原子(酸素原子、硫黄原子、及び/又は、窒素原子等)を有していても、有してなくてもよい。ヘテロ原子は、環状構造を形成する炭素原子の1つ以上と置換していてもよい。
 上記環状構造を有する有機基は、例えば、環状構造の炭化水素基、ラクトン環基、及び、スルトン環基が好ましい。なかでも、上記環状構造を有する有機基は、環状構造の炭化水素基が好ましい。
 上記環状構造の炭化水素基は、単環又は多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。これらの基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 上記シクロアルキル基は、単環(シクロヘキシル基等)でも多環(アダマンチル基等)でもよく、炭素数は5~12が好ましい。
In particular, R3 is preferably an organic group having a cyclic structure. The cyclic structure may be a monocyclic or polycyclic ring and may have a substituent. The ring in the organic group having a cyclic structure is preferably directly bonded to LQ1 in general formula (AN1).
The organic group having a cyclic structure may or may not have a heteroatom (such as an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and/or a nitrogen atom), for example. The heteroatom may substitute for one or more of the carbon atoms forming the cyclic structure.
The organic group having a cyclic structure is preferably, for example, a hydrocarbon group having a cyclic structure, a lactone ring group, or a sultone ring group, and among these, the organic group having a cyclic structure is preferably a hydrocarbon group having a cyclic structure.
The cyclic hydrocarbon group is preferably a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group, which may have a substituent.
The cycloalkyl group may be a monocyclic group (such as a cyclohexyl group) or a polycyclic group (such as an adamantyl group), and preferably has 5 to 12 carbon atoms.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 一般式(AN2)中、AQ2 はカルボン酸アニオン又はスルホン酸アニオンを表す。Xfは、水素原子、フッ素原子、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を有さない有機基を表す。R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、アルキル基、又は、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。LQ2は、2価の連結基を表す。Wは有機基を表す。oは、1~3の整数を表す。pは、0~10の整数を表す。qは、0~10の整数を表す。複数のXfは、互いに同じでも異なっても良い。pが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のR及びRは、それぞれ互いに同じでも異なっても良い。qが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のLQ2は、互いに同じでも異なっても良い。 In the general formula (AN2), A Q2 - represents a carboxylate anion or a sulfonate anion. Xf represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, or an organic group having no fluorine atom. R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. L Q2 represents a divalent linking group. W represents an organic group. o represents an integer of 1 to 3. p represents an integer of 0 to 10. q represents an integer of 0 to 10. A plurality of Xf may be the same as or different from each other. When p represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of R 4 and R 5 may be the same as or different from each other. When q represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of L Q2 may be the same as or different from each other.
 Xfは、水素原子、フッ素原子、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を有さない有機基を表す。このアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~4がより好ましい。少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基としては、パーフルオロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Xfは、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基であることが好ましく、フッ素原子又はCFであることがより好ましく、双方のXfがフッ素原子であることが更に好ましい。
Xf represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, or an organic group having no fluorine atom. The number of carbon atoms in this alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 4. The alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a fluorine atom or CF3 , and further preferably both Xf are fluorine atoms.
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、アルキル基、又は、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。R及びRが複数存在する場合、R及びRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 R及びRで表されるアルキル基は、炭素数1~4が好ましい。上記アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。R及びRとしては、水素原子が好ましい。
R4 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. When a plurality of R4s and R5s are present, R4s and R5s may be the same or different.
The alkyl group represented by R4 and R5 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may have a substituent. R4 and R5 are preferably a hydrogen atom.
 LQ2は、2価の連結基を表す。LQ2の定義は、一般式(AN1)中のLQ1と同義である。 LQ2 represents a divalent linking group, and is defined the same as LQ1 in formula (AN1).
 Wは、環状構造を含む有機基を表す。なかでも、環状の有機基であることが好ましい。
 環状の有機基としては、例えば、脂環基、アリール基、及び、複素環基が挙げられる。
 脂環基は、単環であってもよく、多環であってもよい。単環の脂環基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及び、シクロオクチル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。多環の脂環基としては、例えば、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及び、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。なかでも、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及び、アダマンチル基等の炭素数7以上の嵩高い構造を有する脂環基が好ましい。
W represents an organic group containing a cyclic structure, and is preferably a cyclic organic group.
Examples of the cyclic organic group include an alicyclic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
The alicyclic group may be a monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the monocyclic alicyclic group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic group include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group. Among them, alicyclic groups having a bulky structure with 7 or more carbon atoms, such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group, are preferred.
 アリール基は、単環又は多環であってもよい。上記アリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントリル基、及び、アントリル基が挙げられる。
 複素環基は、単環又は多環であってもよい。なかでも、多環の複素環基である場合、より酸の拡散を抑制できる。複素環基は、芳香族性を有していてもよいし、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。芳香族性を有している複素環としては、例えば、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、及び、ピリジン環が挙げられる。芳香族性を有していない複素環としては、例えば、テトラヒドロピラン環、ラクトン環、スルトン環、ピペリジン環、ピペラジン環及び、デカヒドロイソキノリン環が挙げられる。複素環基における複素環としては、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環、又は、デカヒドロイソキノリン環が好ましい。
The aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, and an anthryl group.
The heterocyclic group may be a single ring or a polycyclic ring. In particular, when the heterocyclic group is a polycyclic ring, the diffusion of the acid can be further suppressed. The heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of heterocyclic rings having aromaticity include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring. Examples of heterocyclic rings not having aromaticity include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, a sultone ring, a piperidine ring, a piperazine ring, and a decahydroisoquinoline ring. The heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group is preferably a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring.
 上記環状の有機基は、置換基を有していてもよい。上記置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよく、炭素数1~12が好ましい)、シクロアルキル基(単環、多環、及び、スピロ環のいずれであってもよく、炭素数3~20が好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~14が好ましい)、水酸基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アミド基、ウレタン基、ウレイド基、チオエーテル基、スルホンアミド基、及び、スルホン酸エステル基が挙げられる。なお、環状の有機基を構成する炭素(環形成に寄与する炭素)はカルボニル炭素であってもよい。 The cyclic organic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (which may be either linear or branched, and preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (which may be either monocyclic, polycyclic, or spirocyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms), an aryl group (which preferably has 6 to 14 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an amide group, a urethane group, a ureido group, a thioether group, a sulfonamide group, and a sulfonate ester group. The carbon that constitutes the cyclic organic group (the carbon that contributes to the ring formation) may be a carbonyl carbon.
 一般式(AN2)で表されるアニオンとしては、AQ2A -CF-CH-OCO-(LQ2q’-W、AQ2A -CF-CHF-CH-OCO-(LQ2q’-W、AQ3 -CF-COO-(LQ2q’-W、AQ3 -CF-CF-CH-CH-(LQ2-W、AQ2A -CF-(LQ2-W、AQ2A -CF-CF-CF-(LQ2-W、又は、AQ2A -CF-CH(CF)-OCO-(LQ2q’-Wが好ましい。ここで、AQ2A 、LQ2、q及びWは、一般式(AN2)と同様である。AQ2A はカルボン酸アニオン又はスルホン酸アニオンを表す。q’は、0~10の整数を表す。 The anion represented by the general formula (AN2) is, for example, A Q2A - -CF 2 -CH 2 -OCO-(L Q2 ) q' -W, A Q2A - -CF 2 -CHF-CH 2 -OCO-(L Q2 ) q' -W, A Q3 - -CF 2 -COO-(L Q2 ) q' -W, A Q3 - -CF 2 -CF 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -(L Q2 ) q -W, A Q2A - -CF 2 -(L Q2 ) q -W, A Q2A - -CF 2 -CF 2 -CF 2 -(L Q2 ) q -W, or A Q2A - -CF 2 -CH(CF 3 )-OCO-(L Q2 ) q' -W is preferred, where A Q2A - , L Q2 , q and W are the same as those in formula (AN2). A Q2A - represents a carboxylate anion or a sulfonate anion. q' represents an integer of 0 to 10.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 一般式(AN3)中、AQ3 はカルボン酸アニオン又はスルホン酸アニオンを表す。Arは、芳香族基を表す。n及びmは、0以上の整数を表す。Dは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Bは、炭化水素基を表す。Eはカルボン酸アニオン、スルホン酸アニオン、及び-(D-B)基以外の置換基を表す。nが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のD及びBは、それぞれ、互いに同じでも異なっても良い。mが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のEは、互いに同じでも異なっても良い。 In general formula (AN3), A Q3 - represents a carboxylate anion or a sulfonate anion. Ar represents an aromatic group. n and m represent integers of 0 or more. D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. B represents a hydrocarbon group. E represents a substituent other than a carboxylate anion, a sulfonate anion, and a -(D-B) group. When n represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of Ds and Bs may be the same as or different from each other. When m represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of Es may be the same as or different from each other.
 一般式(AN3)中、Arは、芳香族基を表す。芳香族基としては、アリール基(フェニル基等)が好ましい。 In general formula (AN3), Ar represents an aromatic group. The aromatic group is preferably an aryl group (e.g., a phenyl group).
 n及びmは、0以上の整数を表す。nとしては、0~4が好ましく、0~3がより好ましい。mとしては、0~3が好ましく、0~2がより好ましい。 n and m represent integers of 0 or more. n is preferably 0 to 4, and more preferably 0 to 3. m is preferably 0 to 3, and more preferably 0 to 2.
 Dは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては、エーテル基、チオエーテル基、カルボニル基、スルホキシド基、スルホン基、スルホン酸エステル基、エステル基、及び、これらの2種以上の組み合わせからなる基が挙げられる。 D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of divalent linking groups include ether groups, thioether groups, carbonyl groups, sulfoxide groups, sulfone groups, sulfonate ester groups, ester groups, and groups consisting of combinations of two or more of these.
 Bは、炭化水素基を表す。
 Bとしては、脂肪族炭化水素基が好ましく、イソプロピル基等の分岐鎖状のアルキル基、シクロヘキシル基等のシクロアルキル基、又は更に置換基を有してもよいアリール基(トリシクロヘキシルフェニル基等)がより好ましい。
B represents a hydrocarbon group.
B is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and more preferably a branched alkyl group such as an isopropyl group, a cycloalkyl group such as a cyclohexyl group, or an aryl group which may further have a substituent (eg, a tricyclohexylphenyl group).
 Eは、カルボン酸アニオン、スルホン酸アニオン、及び-(D-B)基以外の置換基を表す。置換基としては、例えば、フッ素原子及び水酸基が挙げられる。 E represents a substituent other than a carboxylate anion, a sulfonate anion, and a -(D-B) group. Examples of the substituent include a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group.
 一般式(AN3)で表されるアニオンとしては、ベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンであってもよく、分岐鎖状のアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基によって置換されたベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンであることが好ましい。
 また、一般式(AN3)で表されるアニオンとしては、安息香酸アニオンであってもよい。安息香酸アニオンは、更に置換基を有していても良い。
The anion represented by the general formula (AN3) may be a benzenesulfonate anion, and is preferably a benzenesulfonate anion substituted with a branched alkyl group or cycloalkyl group.
The anion represented by formula (AN3) may be a benzoate anion. The benzoate anion may further have a substituent.
 また、対アニオンA としては、下記式(d1-1)~(d1-4)で表されるアニオンも挙げられる。 Examples of the counter anion A 1 also include anions represented by the following formulas (d1-1) to (d1-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 式(d1-1)中、R51は置換基(例えば、水酸基)を有していてもよい炭化水素基を表す。炭化水素基は、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよく、環状構造を有していてもよい。 In formula (d1-1), R 51 represents a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent (for example, a hydroxyl group). The hydrocarbon group may be linear or branched, or may have a cyclic structure.
 式(d1-2)中、Z2cは置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~30の炭化水素基(ただし、Sに隣接する炭素原子にはフッ素原子が置換されない)を表す。
 Z2cにおける上記炭化水素基は、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよく、環状構造を有していてもよい。また、上記炭化水素基における炭素原子(好ましくは、上記炭化水素基が環状構造を有する場合における、環員原子である炭素原子)は、カルボニル炭素(-CO-)であってもよい。上記炭化水素基としては、例えば、置換基を有していてもよいノルボルニル基を有する基が挙げられる。上記ノルボルニル基を形成する炭素原子は、カルボニル炭素であってもよい。
 式(d1-1)中の「R51-COO」、及び式(d1-2)中の「Z2c-SO 」は、上述の式(AN1)~(AN3)で表されるアニオンとは異なることが好ましい。例えば、R51、Z2cは、アリール基以外が好ましい。例えば、Z2cにおける、-SO に対してα位及びβ位の原子は、置換基としてフッ素原子を有する炭素原子以外の原子が好ましい。例えば、Z2cは、-SO に対してα位の原子及び/又はβ位の原子は環状基中の環員原子であることが好ましい。
In formula (d1-2), Z 2c represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (with the proviso that the carbon atom adjacent to S is not substituted with a fluorine atom).
The hydrocarbon group in Z 2c may be linear or branched, or may have a cyclic structure. In addition, a carbon atom in the hydrocarbon group (preferably, when the hydrocarbon group has a cyclic structure, a carbon atom that is a ring atom) may be a carbonyl carbon (-CO-). Examples of the hydrocarbon group include a group having a norbornyl group which may have a substituent. The carbon atom forming the norbornyl group may be a carbonyl carbon.
It is preferable that "R 51 -COO - " in formula (d1-1) and "Z 2c -SO 3 - " in formula (d1-2) are different from the anions represented by the above formulae (AN1) to (AN3). For example, it is preferable that R 51 and Z 2c are other than an aryl group. For example, in Z 2c , the atoms at the α-position and the β-position relative to -SO 3 - are preferably atoms other than a carbon atom having a fluorine atom as a substituent. For example, it is preferable that the atom at the α-position and/or the atom at the β-position relative to -SO 3 - in Z 2c is a ring member atom in a cyclic group.
 式(d1-3)中、R52は有機基(好ましくはフッ素原子を有する炭化水素基)を表し、Yは直鎖状、分岐鎖状、若しくは、環状のアルキレン基、アリーレン基、又は、カルボニル基を表し、Rfは炭化水素基を表す。 In formula (d1-3), R 52 represents an organic group (preferably a hydrocarbon group having a fluorine atom), Y 3 represents a linear, branched, or cyclic alkylene group, an arylene group, or a carbonyl group, and Rf represents a hydrocarbon group.
 式(d1-4)中、R53及びR54は、それぞれ独立に、有機基(好ましくはフッ素原子を有する炭化水素基)を表す。R53及びR54は互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。 In formula (d1-4), R 53 and R 54 each independently represent an organic group (preferably a hydrocarbon group having a fluorine atom), and R 53 and R 54 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 また、対アニオンA としては、酸の作用により分解する基を有していてもよく、下記一般式(cN1)で表されるアニオンであってもよい。 The counter anion A 1 may have a group which is decomposed by the action of an acid, and may be an anion represented by the following general formula (cN1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 一般式(cN1)中、
 Lc1は単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Lc1が複数存在するとき、複数のLc1は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 Ac1は酸の作用により分解する基を表す。Ac1が複数存在するとき、複数のAc1は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 ncは1から5の整数を表す。
 Xcはn+1価の連結基を表す。
In general formula (cN1),
L c1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. When a plurality of L c1's are present, the plurality of L c1's may be the same or different.
A c1 represents a group which is decomposed by the action of an acid. When a plurality of A c1's are present, the plurality of A c1's may be the same or different.
n c represents an integer of 1 to 5.
Xc represents an (n+1)-valent linking group.
 一般式(cN1)中、Lc1は単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Lc1が表す2価の連結基としては、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、炭化水素基(例えば、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アルケニレン基、及び、アリーレン基等)、及び、これらの複数が連結した連結基が挙げられる。なかでも、Lc1としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-アリーレン基-フッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有するアルキレン基-、-COO-Rt-基、又は-O-Rt-基が好ましい。式中、Rtは、アルキレン基、又は、シクロアルキレン基を表す。
In formula (cN1), Lc1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L c1 include -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, hydrocarbon groups (e.g., alkylene groups, cycloalkylene groups, alkenylene groups, and arylene groups), and linking groups in which a plurality of these are linked together. Of these, L c1 is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, -arylene group-alkylene group having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom-, a -COO-Rt- group, or a -O-Rt- group. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
 アリーレン基としては、フェニレン基が好ましい。
 アルキレン基は、直鎖状であっても、分岐鎖状であってもよい。アルキレン基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、1~10が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
 フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有するアルキレン基に含まれるフッ素原子及びヨウ素原子の合計数は特に制限されないが、2以上が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、3~6が更に好ましい。
 Rtとしては、炭素数1~5のアルキレン基が好ましく、-CH-基、-(CH-基、又は、-(CH-基がより好ましい。
The arylene group is preferably a phenylene group.
The alkylene group may be linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 3.
The total number of fluorine atoms and iodine atoms contained in the alkylene group having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2 to 10, and even more preferably 3 to 6.
Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a -CH 2 - group, a -(CH 2 ) 2 - group, or a -(CH 2 ) 3 - group.
 Lc1は、アリーレン基、アルキレン、又は単結合が特に好ましく、フェニレン基又は単結合が最も好ましい。 Lc1 is particularly preferably an arylene group, an alkylene group, or a single bond, and most preferably a phenylene group or a single bond.
 一般式(cN1)中、Ac1は酸の作用により分解する基を表す。
 酸の作用により分解する基は、酸の作用により脱離する基(脱離基)で極性基が保護された構造を有することが好ましい。
In general formula (cN1), A c1 represents a group which is decomposed by the action of an acid.
The group that is decomposed by the action of an acid preferably has a structure in which a polar group is protected with a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid (a leaving group).
 極性基としては、上述の樹脂(A)の酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位において記載した極性基が挙げられ、なかでも、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、又は、スルホン酸基が好ましく、カルボキシル基又はフェノール性水酸基がより好ましい。
 酸の作用により脱離する基としては、例えば、上述の樹脂(A)に記載の式(Y1)~(Y4)で表される基が挙げられる。
Examples of the polar group include the polar groups described in the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group of the above-mentioned resin (A). Among them, a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), or a sulfonic acid group is preferred, and a carboxyl group or a phenolic hydroxyl group is more preferred.
Examples of the group that is eliminated by the action of an acid include the groups represented by the formulae (Y1) to (Y4) described in the above resin (A).
 一般式(cN1)中、ncは1から5の整数を表す。ncは、1~3の整数が好ましい。 In general formula (cN1), nc represents an integer from 1 to 5. nc is preferably an integer from 1 to 3.
 一般式(cN1)中、Xcはn+1価の連結基を表す。
 Xcは、芳香環基であることが好ましく、炭素数6~20の芳香環基であることがより好ましく、ベンゼン環基がさらに好ましい。
In general formula (cN1), Xc represents an (n+1)-valent linking group.
Xc is preferably an aromatic ring group, more preferably an aromatic ring group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and further preferably a benzene ring group.
 上記一般式(cN1)で表されるアニオンは、下記一般式(cN2)で表されるアニオンであることがより好ましい。 The anion represented by the above general formula (cN1) is more preferably an anion represented by the following general formula (cN2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 一般式(cN2)中、Lc1、Ac1、及びncは、上述の一般式(cN1)中のLc1、Ac1、及びncと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。 In general formula (cN2), L c1 , A c1 and nc have the same meanings as L c1 , A c1 and nc in general formula (cN1) described above, and preferred examples are also the same.
 以下に一般式(B-1)で表される化合物の対アニオンA の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the counter anion A 1 - of the compound represented by formula (B-1) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 一般式(B-1)で表される化合物は、公知の方法を参照して合成することができ、例えば、Chem. Lett. 1994, 23, 1827-1828や、J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2001, 123, 3852-3853等に記載の方法を参照して合成することができる。具体的な合成例は後述する実施例で示す。 The compound represented by general formula (B-1) can be synthesized by referring to known methods, for example, the methods described in Chem. Lett. 1994, 23, 1827-1828 and J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2001, 123, 3852-3853. Specific synthesis examples are shown in the examples described later.
<一般式(B-2)で表される化合物> <Compound represented by general formula (B-2)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 一般式(B-2)中、Rb~Rb12は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、チオール基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アミノ基、カルボニル基、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、又はこれらの組み合わせからなる基を表す。Rb13は水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、又はアリール基を表す。Xは、-S-、-O-、又は-NRb14-を表す。Rb14は、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、又はアリール基を表す。Rb~Rb14は互いに結合して環を形成していても良い。A は対アニオンを表す。 In the general formula (B-2), Rb 5 to Rb 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a thiol group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an amino group, a carbonyl group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a group consisting of a combination thereof. Rb 13 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or an aryl group. X represents -S-, -O-, or -NRb 14 -. Rb 14 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or an aryl group. Rb 5 to Rb 14 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. A 2 - represents a counter anion.
 Rb~Rb12が表すアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、及びこれらの組み合わせからなる基としては、上述のRb~Rbが表すアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、及びこれらの組み合わせからなる基が挙げられ、好ましい例も同様である。 Examples of the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, alkoxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, and groups consisting of combinations thereof represented by Rb5 to Rb12 include the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, alkoxy group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, and groups consisting of combinations thereof represented by Rb1 to Rb4 described above, and preferred examples are also the same.
 Rb~Rb12が表す上記基は、さらに置換基を有していても良い。さらなる置換基としては、例えば、上述のRb~Rbとしての各基が挙げられる。 The above groups represented by Rb 5 to Rb 12 may further have a substituent. Examples of the further substituent include the groups described above as Rb 1 to Rb 4 .
 Rb13が表すアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、及びアリール基としては、上述のRb~Rbが表すアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、及びアリール基が挙げられ、好ましい例も同様である。 Examples of the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, and aryl group represented by Rb13 include the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, and aryl group represented by Rb1 to Rb4 described above, and preferred examples are also the same.
 Rb13が表す上記基は、さらに置換基を有していても良い。さらなる置換基としては、例えば、上述のRb~Rbとしての各基が挙げられる。 The above group represented by Rb 13 may further have a substituent. Examples of the further substituent include each of the groups as Rb 1 to Rb 4 described above.
 Xは、-S-、-O-、又は-NRb14-を表す。Rb14は、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、又はアリール基を表す。
 Rb14が表すアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、及びアリール基としては、上述のRb~Rbが表すアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、及びアリール基が挙げられ、好ましい例も同様である。
X represents -S-, -O-, or -NRb 14 -, where Rb 14 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or an aryl group.
Examples of the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, and aryl group represented by Rb 14 include the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, and aryl group represented by Rb 1 to Rb 4 described above, and preferred examples are also the same.
 Rb~Rb14は互いに結合して環を形成していても良い。
 Rb~Rb14が互いに結合して形成される環は単環でもよいし、多環でもよい。また、芳香環であってもよく、非芳香環であってもよい。
Rb 5 to Rb 14 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
The ring formed by bonding Rb 5 to Rb 14 to each other may be a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring, and may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring.
 芳香環としては、芳香族炭化水素環であっても、芳香族ヘテロ環であってもよい。
 芳香族炭化水素環としては、ベンゼン環が好ましい。
 芳香族ヘテロ環としては、硫黄原子、窒素原子、及び酸素原子からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つのヘテロ原子を含む芳香族ヘテロ環が好ましく、例えば、チオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、イミダゾール環、ピリジン環、イソチアゾール環、チアジアゾール環等が挙げられる。
The aromatic ring may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic hetero ring.
The aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a benzene ring.
The aromatic heterocycle is preferably an aromatic heterocycle containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, and an oxygen atom, and examples thereof include a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyridine ring, an isothiazole ring, and a thiadiazole ring.
 非芳香環としては、脂肪族炭化水素環であっても、脂肪族ヘテロ環であってもよい。
 脂肪族炭化水素環としては、例えば、シクロヘキサン環等のシクロアルカン環やシクロヘキセン環等のシクロアルケン環が挙げられる。
 脂肪族ヘテロ環としては、硫黄原子、窒素原子、及び酸素原子からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つのヘテロ原子を含む脂肪族ヘテロ環が好ましく、例えば、上述の脂肪族炭化水素環に含まれるメチレン基が、-O-、-S-、-S(=O)-、-C(=O)-等のヘテロ原子を含む基に置換された環が挙げられる。
The non-aromatic ring may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or an aliphatic hetero ring.
Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring include cycloalkane rings such as a cyclohexane ring, and cycloalkene rings such as a cyclohexene ring.
The aliphatic heterocycle is preferably an aliphatic heterocycle containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, and an oxygen atom, and examples thereof include rings in which a methylene group contained in the above-mentioned aliphatic hydrocarbon ring is substituted with a group containing a heteroatom such as -O-, -S-, -S(=O) 2- , or -C(=O)-.
 Rb~Rb14が互いに結合して形成する環は、さらに置換基を有していても良い。さらなる置換基としては、例えば、上述のRb~Rbとしての各基が挙げられる。 The ring formed by bonding Rb 5 to Rb 14 together may further have a substituent. Examples of the further substituent include the groups described above for Rb 1 to Rb 4 .
 以下に一般式(B-2)で表される化合物のカチオンラジカル構造を有するカチオン部の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。式中、Meはメチル基を表す。 Specific examples of the cation moiety having a cation radical structure of the compound represented by general formula (B-2) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these. In the formula, Me represents a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 A は対アニオンを表す。A が表す対アニオンとしては、上述のA が表す対アニオンが挙げられ、好ましい例も同様である。 A 2 - represents a counter anion. Examples of the counter anion represented by A 2 - include the counter anions represented by A 1 - described above, and preferred examples are also the same.
 一般式(B-2)で表される化合物は、公知の方法を参照して合成することができる。具体的な合成例は後述する実施例で示す。 The compound represented by general formula (B-2) can be synthesized by referring to known methods. Specific synthesis examples are shown in the examples described below.
 塩(B)は、典型的には、カチオンラジカル構造と対アニオンを有する化合物である。対アニオンとしては、上述のA が表す対アニオンを挙げることができ、好ましい例も同様である。
 上記塩(B)は、対アニオンとして、カルボン酸アニオン又はスルホン酸アニオンを有することが好ましい。
 上記一般式(B-1)におけるA 、又は、上記一般式(B-2)におけるA が、上記一般式(AN1)~(AN3)のいずれかで表されることが好ましい。
The salt (B) is typically a compound having a cation radical structure and a counter anion. Examples of the counter anion include the counter anions represented by A 1 - described above, and preferred examples thereof are also the same.
The salt (B) preferably has a carboxylate anion or a sulfonate anion as a counter anion.
It is preferable that A 1 in the above general formula (B-1) or A 2 in the above general formula (B-2) is represented by any one of the above general formulas (AN1) to (AN3).
 本発明の組成物において、塩(B)の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、0.1~40.0質量%が好ましく、1.0~25.0質量%がより好ましく、1.0~15.0質量%が特に好ましい。
 本発明の組成物において、塩(B)は1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
In the composition of the present invention, the content of the salt (B) is preferably from 0.1 to 40.0 mass%, more preferably from 1.0 to 25.0 mass%, and particularly preferably from 1.0 to 15.0 mass%, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
In the composition of the present invention, the salt (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned suitable content range.
〔活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(C)〕
 本発明の組成物は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(光酸発生剤)を含むことが好ましい。
 光酸発生剤は、低分子化合物の形態であってもよく、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態であってもよい。また、低分子化合物の形態と重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態とを併用してもよい。
 光酸発生剤が、低分子化合物の形態である場合、光酸発生剤の分子量は3000以下が好ましく、2000以下がより好ましく、1000以下が更に好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、100以上が好ましい。
 光酸発生剤が、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態である場合、樹脂(A)の一部に組み込まれてもよく、樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂に組み込まれてもよい。
 光酸発生剤は、低分子化合物の形態であることが好ましい。
 光酸発生剤は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により、pKaが-2.0以上の酸を発生する化合物であることが好ましく、pKaが-2.0以上1.0以下の酸を発生する化合物であることが更に好ましい。
[Compound (C) that generates an acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation]
The composition of the present invention preferably contains a compound (photoacid generator) that generates an acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
The photoacid generator may be in the form of a low molecular weight compound, or may be incorporated into a part of a polymer. In addition, the photoacid generator may be in the form of a low molecular weight compound and in the form of a polymer in combination.
When the photoacid generator is in the form of a low molecular weight compound, the molecular weight of the photoacid generator is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1000 or less. There is no particular lower limit, but a molecular weight of 100 or more is preferable.
When the photoacid generator is in a form in which it is incorporated into a part of a polymer, it may be incorporated into a part of the resin (A) or into a resin different from the resin (A).
The photoacid generator is preferably in the form of a low molecular weight compound.
The photoacid generator is preferably a compound that generates an acid having a pKa of −2.0 or more upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and more preferably a compound that generates an acid having a pKa of −2.0 or more and 1.0 or less.
 光酸発生剤としては、例えば、「M X」で表される化合物(オニウム塩)が挙げられ、露光により有機酸を発生する化合物であることが好ましい。
 上記有機酸として、例えば、スルホン酸(脂肪族スルホン酸、芳香族スルホン酸、及びカンファースルホン酸等)、カルボン酸(脂肪族カルボン酸、芳香族カルボン酸、及びアラルキルカルボン酸等)、カルボニルスルホニルイミド酸、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド酸、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチド酸が挙げられる。
Examples of photoacid generators include compounds (onium salts) represented by "M + X - ", and are preferably compounds that generate an organic acid upon exposure to light.
Examples of the organic acid include sulfonic acids (aliphatic sulfonic acids, aromatic sulfonic acids, camphorsulfonic acids, etc.), carboxylic acids (aliphatic carboxylic acids, aromatic carboxylic acids, aralkyl carboxylic acids, etc.), carbonylsulfonylimide acids, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide acids, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide acids.
 「M X」で表される化合物において、Mは、有機カチオンを表す。
 有機カチオンとしては特に制限されない。有機カチオンの価数は、1又は2価以上であってもよい。
 なかでも、上記有機カチオンとしては、式(ZaI)で表されるカチオン(以下「カチオン(ZaI)」ともいう。)、又は、式(ZaII)で表されるカチオン(以下「カチオン(ZaII)」ともいう。)が好ましい。
In the compound represented by "M + X - ", M + represents an organic cation.
The organic cation is not particularly limited, and the valence of the organic cation may be monovalent or divalent or higher.
Among them, the organic cation is preferably a cation represented by formula (ZaI) (hereinafter also referred to as "cation (ZaI)") or a cation represented by formula (ZaII) (hereinafter also referred to as "cation (ZaII)").
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 上記式(ZaI)において、R201、R202、及びR203は、それぞれ独立に、有機基を表す。
 R201、R202、及びR203としての有機基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましい。R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、又はカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、例えば、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基及びペンチレン基)、及び-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-が挙げられる。
In the above formula (ZaI), R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
The number of carbon atoms in the organic group represented by R 201 , R 202 , and R 203 is preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 20. Any two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by bonding any two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (e.g., a butylene group and a pentylene group) and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -.
 式(ZaI)における有機カチオンの好適な態様としては、後述する、カチオン(ZaI-1)、カチオン(ZaI-2)、カチオン(ZaI-3b)、カチオン(ZaI-4b)が挙げられる。 Suitable embodiments of the organic cation in formula (ZaI) include cation (ZaI-1), cation (ZaI-2), cation (ZaI-3b), and cation (ZaI-4b), which will be described later.
 まず、カチオン(ZaI-1)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-1)は、上記式(ZaI)のR201~R203の少なくとも1つがアリール基である、アリールスルホニウムカチオンである。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンは、R201~R203の全てがアリール基でもよいし、R201~R203の一部がアリール基であり、残りがアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であってもよい。
 R201~R203のうちの1つがアリール基であり、R201~R203のうちの残りの2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、又はカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203のうちの2つが結合して形成する基としては、例えば、1つ以上のメチレン基が酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、及び/又はカルボニル基で置換されていてもよいアルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基、及び-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-)が挙げられる。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンとしては、トリアリールスルホニウムカチオン、ジアリールアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、アリールジアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、ジアリールシクロアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、及びアリールジシクロアルキルスルホニウムカチオンが挙げられる。
First, the cation (ZaI-1) will be described.
The cation (ZaI-1) is an arylsulfonium cation in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in the above formula (ZaI) is an aryl group.
In the arylsulfonium cation, all of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups, or some of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups, with the remainder being alkyl groups or cycloalkyl groups.
One of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remaining two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, which may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group in the ring. Examples of the group formed by bonding two of R 201 to R 203 include alkylene groups in which one or more methylene groups may be substituted with oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, ester groups, amide groups, and/or carbonyl groups (e.g., butylene group, pentylene group, and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -).
Arylsulfonium cations include triarylsulfonium cations, diarylalkylsulfonium cations, aryldialkylsulfonium cations, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium cations, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium cations.
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンに含まれるアリール基としては、フェニル基又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。アリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有するヘテロ環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。ヘテロ環構造としては、ピロール残基、フラン残基、チオフェン残基、インドール残基、ベンゾフラン残基、及びベンゾチオフェン残基が挙げられる。アリールスルホニウムカチオンが2つ以上のアリール基を有する場合に、2つ以上あるアリール基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンが必要に応じて有しているアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基は、炭素数1~15の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~15の分岐鎖状アルキル基、又は炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、又はシクロヘキシル基がより好ましい。
The aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium cation is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group.The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure with an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom.The heterocyclic structure may include a pyrrole residue, a furan residue, a thiophene residue, an indole residue, a benzofuran residue, and a benzothiophene residue.When the arylsulfonium cation has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group which the arylsulfonium cation optionally has is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, or a cyclohexyl group.
 R201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、アルキル基(例えば、炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば、炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば、炭素数6~14)、アルコキシ基(例えば、炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキルアルコキシ基(例えば、炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素及びヨウ素)、水酸基、カルボキシル基、エステル基、スルフィニル基、スルホニル基、アルキルチオ基、又はフェニルチオ基が好ましい。
 上記置換基は可能な場合更に置換基を有していてもよく、上記アルキル基が置換基としてハロゲン原子を有して、トリフルオロメチル基等のハロゲン化アルキル基となっていることも好ましい。
 上記置換基は任意の組み合わせにより、酸分解性基を形成することも好ましい。
 なお、酸分解性基とは、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を意図し、酸の作用により脱離する基で極性基が保護された構造であることが好ましい。上記の極性基及び脱離基としては、上述の通りである。
Preferred substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 may have are alkyl groups (e.g., 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl groups (e.g., 3 to 15 carbon atoms), aryl groups (e.g., 6 to 14 carbon atoms), alkoxy groups (e.g., 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkylalkoxy groups (e.g., 1 to 15 carbon atoms), halogen atoms (e.g., fluorine and iodine), hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, ester groups, sulfinyl groups, sulfonyl groups, alkylthio groups, or phenylthio groups.
The above-mentioned substituent may further have a substituent if possible, and it is also preferable that the above-mentioned alkyl group has a halogen atom as a substituent to form a halogenated alkyl group such as a trifluoromethyl group.
It is also preferred that the above-mentioned substituents are combined in any desired manner to form an acid-decomposable group.
The acid-decomposable group is intended to be a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and is preferably a structure in which the polar group is protected by a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid. The polar group and the elimination group are as described above.
 次に、カチオン(ZaI-2)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-2)は、式(ZaI)におけるR201~R203が、それぞれ独立に、芳香環を有さない有機基を表すカチオンである。芳香環とは、ヘテロ原子を含む芳香族環も包含する。
 R201~R203としての芳香環を有さない有機基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましい。
 R201~R203としては、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリル基、又はビニル基が好ましく、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニルメチル基がより好ましく、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基が更に好ましい。
Next, the cation (ZaI-2) will be described.
The cation (ZaI-2) is a cation in which R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZaI) each independently represent an organic group not having an aromatic ring. The aromatic ring also includes an aromatic ring containing a heteroatom.
The organic group not having an aromatic ring represented by R 201 to R 203 preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, or an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group, and still more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.
 R201~R203のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基は、例えば、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及びペンチル基)、並びに、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基)が挙げられる。
 R201~R203は、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(例えば、炭素数1~5)、水酸基、シアノ基、又はニトロ基によって更に置換されていてもよい。
 R201~R203の置換基は、それぞれ独立に、置換基の任意の組み合わせにより、酸分解性基を形成することも好ましい。
Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 include linear alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or branched alkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and pentyl groups), and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and norbornyl groups).
R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (eg, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
It is also preferred that the substituents of R 201 to R 203 each independently form an acid-decomposable group through any combination of the substituents.
 次に、カチオン(ZaI-3b)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-3b)は、下記式(ZaI-3b)で表されるカチオンである。
Next, the cation (ZaI-3b) will be described.
The cation (ZaI-3b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-3b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 式(ZaI-3b)中、R1c~R5cは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、シクロアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、ニトロ基、アルキルチオ基、又はアリールチオ基を表す。
 R6c及びR7cは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(例えば、t-ブチル基等)、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又はアリール基を表す。
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、アリル基、又はビニル基を表す。
 R1c~R7c、並びに、R及びRの置換基は、それぞれ独立に、置換基の任意の組み合わせにより、酸分解性基を形成することも好ましい。
In formula (ZaI-3b), R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an alkylthio group, or an arylthio group.
R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (eg, a t-butyl group), a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an aryl group.
R x and R y each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group.
It is also preferred that the substituents of R 1c to R 7c and R x and R y each independently form an acid-decomposable group through any combination of the substituents.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R5cとR6c、R6cとR7c、R5cとR、及びRとRは、それぞれ互いに結合して環を形成してもよく、この環は、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エステル結合、又はアミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
 上記環としては、芳香族又は非芳香族の炭化水素環、芳香族又は非芳香族のヘテロ環、及びこれらの環が2つ以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環が挙げられる。環としては、3~10員環が挙げられ、4~8員環が好ましく、5又は6員環がより好ましい。
Any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and each of these rings may independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
Examples of the ring include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic condensed ring formed by combining two or more of these rings. Examples of the ring include a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R6cとR7c、及びRとRが結合して形成する基としては、ブチレン基及びペンチレン基等のアルキレン基が挙げられる。このアルキレン基中のメチレン基が酸素原子等のヘテロ原子で置換されていてもよい。
 R5cとR6c、及びR5cとRが結合して形成する基としては、単結合又はアルキレン基が好ましい。アルキレン基としては、メチレン基及びエチレン基が挙げられる。
The group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y includes alkylene groups such as butylene and pentylene, in which the methylene group may be substituted with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom.
The groups formed by combining R5c and R6c , and R5c and Rx are preferably a single bond or an alkylene group. Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.
 R1c~R5c、R6c、R7c、R、R、並びに、R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R5cとR6c、R6cとR7c、R5cとR、及びRとRがそれぞれ互いに結合して形成する環は、置換基を有していてもよい。 R 1c to R 5c , R 6c , R 7c , R x , R y , and any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may each have a substituent.
 次に、カチオン(ZaI-4b)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-4b)は、下記式(ZaI-4b)で表されるカチオンである。
Next, the cation (ZaI-4b) will be described.
The cation (ZaI-4b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-4b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 式(ZaI-4b)中、lは0~2の整数を表し、rは0~8の整数を表す。
 R13は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子及びヨウ素原子等)、水酸基、アルキル基、ハロゲン化アルキル基、アルコキシ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を含む基(シクロアルキル基そのものであってもよく、シクロアルキル基を一部に含む基であってもよい)を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。
 R14は、水酸基、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子及びヨウ素原子等)、アルキル基、ハロゲン化アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を含む基(シクロアルキル基そのものであってもよく、シクロアルキル基を一部に含む基であってもよい)を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。R14は、複数存在する場合は、それぞれ独立して、水酸基等の上記基を表す。
 R15は、それぞれ独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はナフチル基を表す。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成するとき、環骨格内に、酸素原子、又は窒素原子等のヘテロ原子を含んでもよい。
 一態様において、2つのR15がアルキレン基であり、互いに結合して環構造を形成することが好ましい。なお、上記アルキル基、上記シクロアルキル基、及び上記ナフチル基、並びに、2つのR15が互いに結合して形成する環は置換基を有してもよい。
In formula (ZaI-4b), l represents an integer of 0 to 2; r represents an integer of 0 to 8.
R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (e.g., a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a group containing a cycloalkyl group (which may be a cycloalkyl group itself or a group containing a cycloalkyl group as a part). These groups may have a substituent.
R 14 represents a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (e.g., a fluorine atom and an iodine atom, etc.), an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a group containing a cycloalkyl group (may be a cycloalkyl group itself or a group containing a cycloalkyl group as a part). These groups may have a substituent. When there are a plurality of R 14 , each independently represents the above group such as a hydroxyl group.
Each R 15 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group. Two R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When two R 15 are bonded to each other to form a ring, the ring skeleton may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom.
In one embodiment, it is preferable that two R 15 are alkylene groups and are bonded to each other to form a ring structure. The alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the naphthyl group, and the ring formed by bonding two R 15 to each other may have a substituent.
 式(ZaI-4b)において、R13、R14、及びR15のアルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状であってもよい。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましい。アルキル基は、メチル基、エチル基、n-ブチル基、又はt-ブチル基等が好ましい。
 R13~R15、並びに、R及びRの各置換基は、それぞれ独立に、置換基の任意の組み合わせにより、酸分解性基を形成することも好ましい。
In formula (ZaI-4b), the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 may be linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10. The alkyl group is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group, a t-butyl group or the like.
It is also preferred that each of the substituents R 13 to R 15 and R x and R y independently form an acid-decomposable group through any combination of the substituents.
 次に、式(ZaII)について説明する。
 式(ZaII)中、R204及びR205は、それぞれ独立に、アリール基、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
 R204及びR205のアリール基としては、フェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。R204及びR205のアリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有するヘテロ環を有するアリール基であってもよい。ヘテロ環を有するアリール基の骨格としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、インドール、ベンゾフラン、及びベンゾチオフェンが挙げられる。
 R204及びR205のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、又はペンチル基)、又は炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、又はノルボルニル基)が好ましい。
Next, formula (ZaII) will be described.
In formula (ZaII), R 204 and R 205 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
The aryl group of R 204 and R 205 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group of R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocycle with an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocycle include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, or a pentyl group), or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group).
 R204及びR205のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい。R204及びR205のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(例えば、炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば、炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば、炭素数6~15)、アルコキシ基(例えば、炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、及びフェニルチオ基が挙げられる。また、R204及びR205の置換基は、それぞれ独立に、置換基の任意の組み合わせにより、酸分解性基を形成することも好ましい。 The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may each independently have a substituent. Examples of the substituent that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have include an alkyl group (e.g., having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (e.g., having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (e.g., having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (e.g., having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group. It is also preferable that the substituents of R 204 and R 205 each independently form an acid-decomposable group by any combination of the substituents.
 以下に有機カチオンの具体例を示すが、本発明は、これに限定されない。 Specific examples of organic cations are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 「M X」で表される化合物において、Xは、有機アニオンを表す。
 有機アニオンとしては、特に制限されず、1又は2価以上の有機アニオンが挙げられる。
 有機アニオンとしては、求核反応を起こす能力が著しく低いアニオンが好ましく、非求核性アニオンがより好ましい。
In the compound represented by "M + X - ", X - represents an organic anion.
The organic anion is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include monovalent or divalent or higher organic anions.
As the organic anion, anions having a significantly low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction are preferred, and non-nucleophilic anions are more preferred.
 非求核性アニオンとしては、例えば、スルホン酸アニオン(脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、芳香族スルホン酸アニオン、及びカンファースルホン酸アニオン等)、カルボン酸アニオン(脂肪族カルボン酸アニオン、芳香族カルボン酸アニオン、及びアラルキルカルボン酸アニオン等)、スルホニルイミドアニオン、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオンが挙げられる。 Examples of non-nucleophilic anions include sulfonate anions (aliphatic sulfonate anions, aromatic sulfonate anions, camphorsulfonate anions, etc.), carboxylate anions (aliphatic carboxylate anions, aromatic carboxylate anions, aralkyl carboxylate anions, etc.), sulfonylimide anions, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anions, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anions.
 脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン及び脂肪族カルボン酸アニオンにおける脂肪族部位は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基であっても、シクロアルキル基であってもよく、炭素数1~30の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基、又は、炭素数3~30のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 上記アルキル基は、例えば、フルオロアルキル基(フッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。パーフルオロアルキル基であってもよい)であってもよい。
The aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and the aliphatic carboxylate anion may be a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, and is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms.
The alkyl group may be, for example, a fluoroalkyl group (which may have a substituent other than a fluorine atom, or may be a perfluoroalkyl group).
 芳香族スルホン酸アニオン及び芳香族カルボン酸アニオンにおけるアリール基としては、炭素数6~14のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、トリル基、及び、ナフチル基が挙げられる。 The aryl group in the aromatic sulfonate anion and aromatic carboxylate anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
 上記で挙げたアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、及び、アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、ニトロ基、フッ素原子及び塩素原子等のハロゲン原子、カルボキシル基、水酸基、アミノ基、シアノ基、アルコキシ基(炭素数1~15が好ましい)、アルキル基(炭素数1~10が好ましい)、シクロアルキル基(炭素数3~15が好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~14が好ましい)、アルコキシカルボニル基(炭素数2~7が好ましい)、アシル基(炭素数2~12が好ましい)、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基(炭素数2~7が好ましい)、アルキルチオ基(炭素数1~15が好ましい)、アルキルスルホニル基(炭素数1~15が好ましい)、アルキルイミノスルホニル基(炭素数1~15が好ましい)、及び、アリールオキシスルホニル基(炭素数6~20が好ましい)が挙げられる。 The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group listed above may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, but examples include a nitro group, a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an alkylthio group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkyliminosulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), and an aryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms).
 アラルキルカルボン酸アニオンにおけるアラルキル基としては、炭素数7~14のアラルキル基が好ましい。
 炭素数7~14のアラルキル基としては、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ナフチルエチル基、及び、ナフチルブチル基が挙げられる。
The aralkyl group in the aralkyl carboxylate anion is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 14 carbon atoms.
Examples of the aralkyl group having 7 to 14 carbon atoms include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a naphthylethyl group, and a naphthylbutyl group.
 スルホニルイミドアニオンとしては、例えば、サッカリンアニオンが挙げられる。 An example of a sulfonylimide anion is the saccharin anion.
 ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、及び、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオンにおけるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましい。これらのアルキル基の置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、ハロゲン原子で置換されたアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルキルオキシスルホニル基、アリールオキシスルホニル基、及び、シクロアルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基が挙げられ、フッ素原子又はフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基が好ましい。
 また、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオンにおけるアルキル基は、互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。これにより、酸強度が増加する。
The alkyl group in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion and the tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent on these alkyl groups include a halogen atom, an alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkyloxysulfonyl group, an aryloxysulfonyl group, and a cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl group, and a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferred.
In addition, the alkyl groups in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, which increases the acid strength.
 その他の非求核性アニオンとしては、例えば、フッ素化燐(例えば、PF )、フッ素化ホウ素(例えば、BF )、及び、フッ素化アンチモン(例えば、SbF )が挙げられる。 Other non-nucleophilic anions include, for example, phosphorus fluorides (eg, PF 6 ), boron fluorides (eg, BF 4 ), and antimony fluorides (eg, SbF 6 ).
 非求核性アニオンとしては、スルホン酸の少なくともα位がフッ素原子で置換された脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、フッ素原子若しくはフッ素原子を有する基で置換された芳香族スルホン酸アニオン、アルキル基がフッ素原子で置換されたビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、又は、アルキル基がフッ素原子で置換されたトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオンが好ましい。なかでも、パーフルオロ脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン(炭素数4~8が好ましい)、又は、フッ素原子を有するベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンがより好ましく、ノナフルオロブタンスルホン酸アニオン、パーフルオロオクタンスルホン酸アニオン、ペンタフルオロベンゼンスルホン酸アニオン、又は、3,5-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンが更に好ましい。 Preferred non-nucleophilic anions are aliphatic sulfonate anions in which at least the α-position of the sulfonic acid is substituted with a fluorine atom, aromatic sulfonate anions substituted with a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anions in which an alkyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom, or tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anions in which an alkyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom. Among these, perfluoroaliphatic sulfonate anions (preferably having 4 to 8 carbon atoms) or benzenesulfonate anions having a fluorine atom are more preferable, and nonafluorobutanesulfonate anions, perfluorooctanesulfonate anions, pentafluorobenzenesulfonate anions, or 3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonate anions are even more preferable.
 非求核性アニオンとしては、上述の一般式(AN1)~(AN3)で表されるアニオン中、スルホン酸アニオンに相当するアニオン、すなわち、一般式(AN1)中のAQ1 がスルホン酸アニオンであるアニオン、一般式(AN2)中のAQ2 がスルホン酸アニオンであるアニオン、及び一般式(AN3)中のAQ3 がスルホン酸アニオンであるアニオンも好ましい。 As the non-nucleophilic anion, among the anions represented by the above general formulae (AN1) to (AN3), anions corresponding to a sulfonate anion, i.e., an anion in which A Q1 - in general formula (AN1) is a sulfonate anion, an anion in which A Q2 - in general formula (AN2) is a sulfonate anion, and an anion in which A Q3 - in general formula (AN3) is a sulfonate anion are also preferred.
 非求核性アニオンとしては、ジスルホンアミドアニオンも好ましい。
 ジスルホンアミドアニオンは、例えば、N(SO-Rで表されるアニオンである。
 ここで、Rは置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基を表し、フルオロアルキル基が好ましく、パーフルオロアルキル基がより好ましい。2個のRは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。2個のRが互いに結合して形成される基は、置換基を有していてもよいアルキレン基が好ましく、フルオロアルキレン基が好ましく、パーフルオロアルキレン基が更に好ましい。上記アルキレン基の炭素数は2~4が好ましい。
The non-nucleophilic anion is also preferably a disulfonamide anion.
An example of a disulfonamide anion is an anion represented by N (SO 2 —R q ) 2 .
Here, R q represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, preferably a fluoroalkyl group, more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group. Two R q may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The group formed by bonding two R q to each other is preferably an alkylene group which may have a substituent, preferably a fluoroalkylene group, more preferably a perfluoroalkylene group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group is preferably 2 to 4.
 また、非求核性アニオンとしては、上述の式(d1-1)~(d1-4)で表されるアニオンも挙げられる。 Furthermore, examples of non-nucleophilic anions include the anions represented by the above formulas (d1-1) to (d1-4).
 有機アニオンは、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。好ましい例としては、上述の塩(B)としての一般式(B-1)で表される化合物における対イオンA や一般式(B-2)で表される化合物における対イオンA の具体例として挙げた有機アニオンが挙げられる。 The organic anion may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Preferred examples include the organic anions given as specific examples of the counter ion A 1 - in the compound represented by general formula (B-1) as the salt (B) and the counter ion A 2 - in the compound represented by general formula (B-2).
 本発明の組成物は、現像欠陥抑制の観点から、酸の作用により分解する基を有する塩(C)を含有することが好ましく、光酸発生剤として、下記一般式(c1)で表される化合物を含有することがより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of suppressing development defects, the composition of the present invention preferably contains a salt (C) having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid, and more preferably contains a compound represented by the following general formula (c1) as a photoacid generator.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 一般式(c1)中、
 Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Lが複数存在するとき、複数のLは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 Aは酸の作用により分解する基を表す。Aが複数存在するとき、複数のAは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 ncは1から5の整数を表す。
 Xcはn+1価の連結基を表す。
 Mcはスルホニウムイオン又はヨードニウムイオンを表す。
In general formula (c1),
L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. When a plurality of L's are present, the plurality of L's may be the same or different.
A represents a group which is decomposed by the action of an acid. When a plurality of As are present, the plurality of As may be the same or different.
n c represents an integer of 1 to 5.
Xc represents an (n+1)-valent linking group.
Mc + represents a sulfonium ion or an iodonium ion.
 一般式(c1)中のL、A、nc、及びXcは、上述の一般式(cN1)中のLc1、Ac1、nc、及びXcと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。 L, A, nc, and Xc in formula (c1) have the same meanings as L c1 , A c1 , nc, and Xc in formula (cN1) above, and preferred examples are also the same.
 一般式(c1)中、Mcはスルホニウムイオン又はヨードニウムイオンを表す。スルホニウムイオン及びヨードニウムイオンとしては、上述の式(ZaI)で表されるカチオン、及び式(ZaII)で表されるカチオンが挙げられ、なかでも、上述のカチオン(ZaI-1)、カチオン(ZaI-2)、カチオン(ZaI-3b)、カチオン(ZaI-4b)が好ましく挙げられる。 In the general formula (c1), Mc + represents a sulfonium ion or an iodonium ion. Examples of the sulfonium ion and the iodonium ion include the cations represented by the above formula (ZaI) and formula (ZaII), and among these, the above cations (ZaI-1), (ZaI-2), (ZaI-3b), and (ZaI-4b) are preferred.
 上記一般式(c1)で表される化合物は、下記一般式(c2)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 The compound represented by the above general formula (c1) is more preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (c2):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 一般式(c2)中、L、A、nc、及びMcは、上述の一般式(c1)中のL、A、nc、及びMcと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。 In the general formula (c2), L, A, nc, and Mc + have the same meanings as L, A, nc, and Mc + in the general formula (c1), and preferred examples thereof are also the same.
 以下に、一般式(c1)で表される化合物の具体例を示すが、これに限定されない。 Specific examples of compounds represented by general formula (c1) are shown below, but are not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 光酸発生剤は、化合物(I)~(II)からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つであることも好ましい。 It is also preferable that the photoacid generator is at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds (I) to (II).
(化合物(I))
 化合物(I)は、1つ以上の下記構造部位X及び1つ以上の下記構造部位Yを有する化合物であって、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって、下記構造部位Xに由来する下記第1の酸性部位と下記構造部位Yに由来する下記第2の酸性部位とを含む酸を発生する化合物である。
  構造部位X:アニオン部位A とカチオン部位M とからなり、且つ活性光線又は放射線の照射によって、HAで表される第1の酸性部位を形成する構造部位
  構造部位Y:アニオン部位A とカチオン部位M とからなり、且つ活性光線又は放射線の照射によって、HAで表される第2の酸性部位を形成する構造部位
 上記化合物(I)は、下記条件Iを満たす。
(Compound (I))
Compound (I) is a compound having one or more structural moieties X and one or more structural moieties Y, which generates an acid containing a first acidic moiety derived from the structural moiety X and a second acidic moiety derived from the structural moiety Y when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation:
Structural moiety X: a structural moiety consisting of an anionic moiety A 1 - and a cationic moiety M 1 + , which forms a first acidic moiety represented by HA 1 when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation. Structural moiety Y: a structural moiety consisting of an anionic moiety A 2 - and a cationic moiety M 2 + , which forms a second acidic moiety represented by HA 2 when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation. The compound (I) satisfies the following condition I.
 条件I:上記化合物(I)において上記構造部位X中の上記カチオン部位M 及び上記構造部位Y中の上記カチオン部位M をHに置き換えてなる化合物PIが、上記構造部位X中の上記カチオン部位M をHに置き換えてなるHAで表される酸性部位に由来する酸解離定数a1と、上記構造部位Y中の上記カチオン部位M をHに置き換えてなるHAで表される酸性部位に由来する酸解離定数a2とを有し、且つ、上記酸解離定数a1よりも上記酸解離定数a2の方が大きい。 Condition I: Compound PI, which is obtained by replacing the cationic moiety M 1 + in the structural moiety X and the cationic moiety M 2 + in the structural moiety Y in compound (I) with H + , has an acid dissociation constant a1 derived from the acidic moiety represented by HA 1 , which is obtained by replacing the cationic moiety M 1 + in the structural moiety X with H + , and an acid dissociation constant a2 derived from the acidic moiety represented by HA 2 , which is obtained by replacing the cationic moiety M 2 + in the structural moiety Y with H + , and the acid dissociation constant a2 is greater than the acid dissociation constant a1.
 上記化合物(I)としては、国際公開第2022/024928号の段落[0176]~[0280]に記載の化合物(I)が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound (I) include the compound (I) described in paragraphs [0176] to [0280] of WO 2022/024928.
(化合物(II))
 化合物(II)は、2つ以上の上記構造部位X及び1つ以上の下記構造部位Zを有する化合物であって、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって、上記構造部位Xに由来する上記第1の酸性部位を2つ以上と上記構造部位Zとを含む酸を発生する化合物である。
 構造部位Z:酸を中和可能な非イオン性の部位
(Compound (II))
Compound (II) is a compound having two or more of the above structural moieties X and one or more of the following structural moieties Z, and is a compound that generates an acid containing two or more of the first acidic moieties derived from the structural moiety X and the structural moiety Z when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
Structural moiety Z: a non-ionic moiety capable of neutralizing an acid
 上記化合物(II)としては、国際公開第2022/024928号の段落[0176]~[0280]に記載の化合物(II)が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound (II) include the compound (II) described in paragraphs [0176] to [0280] of WO 2022/024928.
 光酸発生剤の含有量は特に制限されないが、形成されるパターンの断面形状がより矩形化する点で、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1.0質量%以上がより好ましい。上記含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、50.0質量%以下が好ましく、30.0質量%以下がより好ましく、25.0質量%以下が更に好ましい。
 光酸発生剤は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。
The content of the photoacid generator is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1.0% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention, in order to make the cross-sectional shape of the pattern to be formed more rectangular. The content is preferably 50.0% by mass or less, more preferably 30.0% by mass or less, and even more preferably 25.0% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
The photoacid generator may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
[酸拡散制御剤(D)]
 本発明の組成物は、更に、上述の塩(B)とは異なる酸拡散制御剤(D)を含んでいてもよい。
 酸拡散制御剤(D)は、露光時に光酸発生剤等から発生する酸をトラップし、余分な発生酸による、未露光部における酸分解性樹脂の反応を抑制するクエンチャーとして作用する。
 酸拡散制御剤(D)の種類は特に制限されず、例えば、塩基性化合物(DA)、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(DB)、及び、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸拡散制御能が低下又は消失する化合物(DC)が挙げられる。
 化合物(DC)としては、光酸発生剤(例えば、塩(C)など)から発生する酸に対して相対的に弱酸となる酸のオニウム塩化合物(DD)、及び、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(DE)が挙げられる。
 塩基性化合物(DA)の具体例としては、例えば、国際公開第2020/066824号の段落[0132]~[0136]に記載のものが挙げられ、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(DB)の具体例としては、国際公開第2020/066824号の段落[0156]~[0163]に記載のものが挙げられる。
 光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩化合物(DD)の具体例としては、例えば、国際公開第2020/158337号の段落[0305]~[0314]に記載のものが挙げられ、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(DE)の具体例としては、国際公開第2020/066824号の段落[0137]~[0155]に記載のもの、及び国際公開第2020/066824号の段落[0164]に記載のものが挙げられる。
[Acid Diffusion Controller (D)]
The composition of the present invention may further comprise an acid diffusion controller (D) different from the above-mentioned salt (B).
The acid diffusion controller (D) functions as a quencher that traps the acid generated from the photoacid generator or the like upon exposure and suppresses the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin in the unexposed areas caused by excess acid generated.
The type of the acid diffusion controller (D) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a basic compound (DA), a low molecular weight compound (DB) having a nitrogen atom and a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid, and a compound (DC) whose acid diffusion control ability is reduced or lost by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
Examples of the compound (DC) include an onium salt compound (DD) of an acid that is weaker than the acid generated from a photoacid generator (e.g., the salt (C)), and a basic compound (DE) whose basicity is reduced or lost by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
Specific examples of the basic compound (DA) include those described in paragraphs [0132] to [0136] of WO 2020/066824, and specific examples of the low molecular weight compound (DB) having a nitrogen atom and a group that is eliminated by the action of an acid include those described in paragraphs [0156] to [0163] of WO 2020/066824.
Specific examples of onium salt compounds (DD) that are relatively weakly acidic relative to the photoacid generator include those described in paragraphs [0305] to [0314] of WO 2020/158337, and specific examples of basic compounds (DE) whose basicity is reduced or eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation include those described in paragraphs [0137] to [0155] of WO 2020/066824, and those described in paragraph [0164] of WO 2020/066824.
 上記以外にも、例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号の段落[0627]~[0664]、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号の段落[0095]~[0187]、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号の段落[0403]~[0423]、及び米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号の段落[0259]~[0328]に開示された公知の化合物を酸拡散制御剤として好適に使用できる。 In addition to the above, for example, known compounds disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1, paragraphs [0627] to [0664], U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004544A1, paragraphs [0095] to [0187], U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190A1, paragraphs [0403] to [0423], and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0274458A1, paragraphs [0259] to [0328] can be suitably used as acid diffusion control agents.
 本発明の組成物に酸拡散制御剤(D)が含まれる場合、上記酸拡散制御剤(D)の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、0.1~15.0質量%が好ましく、0.5~15.0質量%がより好ましい。
 酸拡散制御剤(D)は、1種で使用してもよいし、2種以上使用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
In the case where the composition of the present invention contains an acid diffusion controller (D), the content of the acid diffusion controller (D) is preferably 0.1 to 15.0 mass %, more preferably 0.5 to 15.0 mass %, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
The acid diffusion controller (D) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
〔疎水性樹脂〕
 本発明の組成物は、更に、樹脂(A)とは異なる疎水性樹脂を含んでいてもよい。
 疎水性樹脂はレジスト膜の表面に偏在するように設計されることが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性物質及び非極性物質の均一な混合に寄与しなくてもよい。
 疎水性樹脂の添加による効果として、水に対するレジスト膜表面の静的及び動的な接触角の制御、並びに、アウトガスの抑制が挙げられる。
[Hydrophobic resin]
The composition of the present invention may further contain a hydrophobic resin different from the resin (A).
The hydrophobic resin is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, but unlike a surfactant, it does not necessarily have to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and does not necessarily have to contribute to uniform mixing of polar and non-polar substances.
The effects of adding a hydrophobic resin include control of the static and dynamic contact angle of water on the resist film surface, and suppression of outgassing.
 疎水性樹脂は、膜表層への偏在化の点から、フッ素原子、珪素原子、及び、樹脂の側鎖部分に含まれたCH部分構造のいずれか1種以上を有するのが好ましく、2種以上を有することがより好ましい。上記疎水性樹脂は、炭素数5以上の炭化水素基を有することが好ましい。これらの基は樹脂の主鎖中に有していても、側鎖に置換していてもよい。
 疎水性樹脂としては、国際公開第2020/004306号の段落[0275]~[0279]に記載される化合物が挙げられる。
From the viewpoint of uneven distribution on the surface layer of the film, the hydrophobic resin preferably has at least one of fluorine atoms, silicon atoms, and CH3 partial structures contained in the side chain portion of the resin, more preferably has at least two of them. The hydrophobic resin preferably has a hydrocarbon group having 5 or more carbon atoms. These groups may be present in the main chain of the resin or may be substituted on the side chain.
Examples of hydrophobic resins include the compounds described in paragraphs [0275] to [0279] of WO 2020/004306.
 本発明の組成物が疎水性樹脂を含む場合、疎水性樹脂の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~20.0質量%が好ましく、0.1~15.0質量%がより好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂は、1種で使用してもよいし、2種以上使用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
When the composition of the present invention contains a hydrophobic resin, the content of the hydrophobic resin is preferably from 0.01 to 20.0 mass %, more preferably from 0.1 to 15.0 mass %, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
The hydrophobic resin may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
〔界面活性剤〕
 本発明の組成物は、界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。界面活性剤を含むと、密着性により優れ、現像欠陥のより少ないパターンを形成することができる。
 界面活性剤は、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤が好ましい。
 フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0218]及び[0219]に開示された界面活性剤が挙げられる。
[Surfactant]
The composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant. When the composition contains a surfactant, a pattern having better adhesion and fewer development defects can be formed.
The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant.
Examples of fluorine-based and/or silicone-based surfactants include the surfactants disclosed in paragraphs [0218] and [0219] of WO 2018/193954.
 本発明の組成物が界面活性剤を含む場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、0.0001~2.0質量%が好ましく、0.0005~1.0質量%がより好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%が更に好ましい。
 界面活性剤は、1種で使用してもよいし、2種以上使用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
When the composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably from 0.0001 to 2.0 mass%, more preferably from 0.0005 to 1.0 mass%, and still more preferably from 0.1 to 1.0 mass%, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
The surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more surfactants are used, the total content is preferably within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
〔溶剤〕
 本発明の組成物は、溶剤を含むことが好ましい。
 溶剤は、(M1)プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、並びに、(M2)プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸エステル、酢酸エステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸エステル、鎖状ケトン、環状ケトン、ラクトン、及びアルキレンカーボネートからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つの少なくとも一方を含んでいることが好ましい。なお、上記溶剤は、成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分を更に含んでいてもよい。
〔solvent〕
The composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
The solvent preferably contains (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate and (M2) at least one selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactate ester, acetate ester, alkoxypropionate ester, linear ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone, and alkylene carbonate. The solvent may further contain components other than the components (M1) and (M2).
 上述した溶剤と上述した樹脂とを組み合わせると、本発明の組成物の塗布性の向上、及び、パターンの現像欠陥数の低減の観点で好ましい。上述した溶剤は、上述した樹脂の溶解性、沸点及び粘度のバランスが良いため、レジスト膜の膜厚のムラ及びスピンコート中の析出物の発生等を抑制することができる。
 成分(M1)及び成分(M2)の詳細は、国際公開第2020/004306号の段落[0218]~[0226]に記載され、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
The combination of the above-mentioned solvent and the above-mentioned resin is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the coatability of the composition of the present invention and reducing the number of development defects of the pattern. The above-mentioned solvent has a good balance of the solubility, boiling point, and viscosity of the above-mentioned resin, so that it is possible to suppress unevenness in the thickness of the resist film and the occurrence of precipitates during spin coating.
Details of the components (M1) and (M2) are described in paragraphs [0218] to [0226] of WO 2020/004306, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 溶剤が成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分を更に含む場合、成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分の含有量は、溶剤の全量に対して、5~30質量%が好ましい。 If the solvent further contains components other than components (M1) and (M2), the content of the components other than components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30 mass % based on the total amount of the solvent.
 本発明の組成物中の溶剤の含有量は、固形分濃度が0.5~30質量%となるように定めるのが好ましく、1~20質量%となるように定めることがより好ましい。こうすると、本発明の組成物の塗布性を更に向上させられる。 The content of the solvent in the composition of the present invention is preferably determined so that the solids concentration is 0.5 to 30 mass %, and more preferably 1 to 20 mass %. This further improves the applicability of the composition of the present invention.
〔その他の添加剤〕
 本発明の組成物は、溶解阻止化合物、染料、可塑剤、光増感剤、光吸収剤、及び/又は、現像液に対する溶解性を促進させる化合物(例えば、分子量1000以下のフェノール化合物、又は、カルボキシル基を含んだ脂環族若しくは脂肪族化合物)を更に含んでいてもよい。
[Other additives]
The composition of the present invention may further contain a dissolution inhibiting compound, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, and/or a compound that promotes solubility in a developer (for example, a phenol compound having a molecular weight of 1000 or less, or an alicyclic or aliphatic compound containing a carboxyl group).
 上記「溶解阻止化合物」とは、酸の作用により分解して有機系現像液中での溶解度が減少する、分子量3000以下の化合物である。 The above-mentioned "dissolution-blocking compound" is a compound with a molecular weight of 3000 or less that decomposes under the action of acid and reduces its solubility in an organic developer.
 本発明の組成物は、EB又はEUV露光用感光性組成物として好適に用いられる。
 EUV光は波長13.5nmであり、ArF(波長193nm)光等に比べて、より短波長であるため、同じ感度で露光された際の入射フォトン数が少ない。そのため、確率的にフォトンの数がばらつく“フォトンショットノイズ”の影響が大きく、ラインエッジラフネス(LER)の悪化及びブリッジ欠陥を招く。フォトンショットノイズを減らすには、露光量を大きくして入射フォトン数を増やす方法があるが、高感度化の要求とトレードオフとなる。
The composition of the present invention is suitably used as a photosensitive composition for EB or EUV exposure.
EUV light has a wavelength of 13.5 nm, which is shorter than ArF light (wavelength 193 nm) and the like, and therefore the number of incident photons is smaller when exposed at the same sensitivity. Therefore, the effect of "photon shot noise," in which the number of photons varies stochastically, is large, leading to deterioration of line edge roughness (LER) and bridge defects. One method of reducing photon shot noise is to increase the exposure dose to increase the number of incident photons, but this is a trade-off with the demand for higher sensitivity.
 下記式(1)で求められるA値が高い場合は、レジスト組成物より形成されるレジスト膜のEUV光及び電子線の吸収効率が高くなるなり、フォトンショットノイズの低減に有効である。A値は、レジスト膜の質量割合のEUV光及び電子線の吸収効率を表す。
 式(1):A=([H]×0.04+[C]×1.0+[N]×2.1+[O]×3.6+[F]×5.6+[S]×1.5+[I]×39.5)/([H]×1+[C]×12+[N]×14+[O]×16+[F]×19+[S]×32+[I]×127)
 A値は0.120以上が好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、A値が大きすぎる場合、レジスト膜のEUV光及び電子線透過率が低下し、レジスト膜中の光学像プロファイルが劣化し、結果として良好なパターン形状が得られにくくなるため、0.240以下が好ましく、0.220以下がより好ましい。
When the value A calculated by the following formula (1) is high, the resist film formed from the resist composition has high absorption efficiency of EUV light and electron beams, which is effective in reducing photon shot noise. The value A represents the absorption efficiency of EUV light and electron beams by mass proportion of the resist film.
Formula (1): A = ([H] x 0.04 + [C] x 1.0 + [N] x 2.1 + [O] x 3.6 + [F] x 5.6 + [S] x 1.5 + [I] x 39.5) / ([H] x 1 + [C] x 12 + [N] x 14 + [O] x 16 + [F] x 19 + [S] x 32 + [I] x 127)
The value A is preferably 0.120 or more. Although there is no particular upper limit, if the value A is too large, the EUV light and electron beam transmittance of the resist film decreases, and the optical image profile in the resist film deteriorates, making it difficult to obtain a good pattern shape, so the value A is preferably 0.240 or less, and more preferably 0.220 or less.
 なお、式(1)中、[H]は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来の水素原子のモル比率を表し、[C]は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来の炭素原子のモル比率を表し、[N]は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来の窒素原子のモル比率を表し、[O]は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来の酸素原子のモル比率を表し、[F]は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来のフッ素原子のモル比率を表し、[S]は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来の硫黄原子のモル比率を表し、[I]は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来のヨウ素原子のモル比率を表す。
 例えば、レジスト組成物が酸分解性樹脂、光酸発生剤、酸拡散制御剤、及び溶剤を含む場合、上記酸分解性樹脂、上記光酸発生剤、及び上記酸拡散制御剤が固形分に該当する。つまり、全固形分の全原子とは、上記樹脂由来の全原子、上記光酸発生剤由来の全原子、及び、上記酸拡散制御剤由来の全原子の合計に該当する。
 例えば、[H]は、全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来の水素原子のモル比率を表し、上記例に基づいて説明すると、[H]は、上記酸分解性樹脂由来の全原子、上記光酸発生剤由来の全原子、及び、上記酸拡散制御剤由来の全原子の合計に対する、上記酸分解性樹脂由来の水素原子、上記光酸発生剤由来の水素原子、及び、上記酸拡散制御剤由来の水素原子の合計のモル比率を表すことになる。
In formula (1), [H] represents the molar ratio of hydrogen atoms derived from all solids to all atoms in all solids in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, [C] represents the molar ratio of carbon atoms derived from all solids to all atoms in all solids in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, [N] represents the molar ratio of nitrogen atoms derived from all solids to all atoms in all solids in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and [O] represents the molar ratio of nitrogen atoms derived from all solids to all atoms in all solids in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. [F] represents the molar ratio of fluorine atoms derived from all solids to all atoms in all solids in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, [S] represents the molar ratio of sulfur atoms derived from all solids to all atoms in all solids in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and [I] represents the molar ratio of iodine atoms derived from all solids to all atoms in all solids in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
For example, when a resist composition contains an acid-decomposable resin, a photoacid generator, an acid diffusion controller, and a solvent, the acid-decomposable resin, the photoacid generator, and the acid diffusion controller correspond to the solid content. In other words, the total atoms of the total solid content corresponds to the sum of all atoms derived from the resin, all atoms derived from the photoacid generator, and all atoms derived from the acid diffusion controller.
For example, [H] represents the molar ratio of hydrogen atoms derived from all solids to all atoms in the total solids. Based on the above example, [H] represents the molar ratio of the sum of hydrogen atoms derived from the acid-decomposable resin, the hydrogen atoms derived from the photoacid generator, and the hydrogen atoms derived from the acid diffusion controller to the sum of all atoms derived from the acid-decomposable resin, the photoacid generator, and the acid diffusion controller.
 A値の算出は、レジスト組成物中の全固形分の構成成分の構造、及び、含有量が既知の場合には、含有される原子数比を計算し、算出できる。また、構成成分が未知の場合であっても、レジスト組成物の溶剤成分を蒸発させて得られたレジスト膜に対して、元素分析等の解析的な手法によって構成原子数比を算出可能である。 The A value can be calculated by calculating the ratio of the numbers of atoms contained when the structure and content of all solid components in the resist composition are known. Even if the components are unknown, the ratio of the numbers of atoms contained can be calculated by analytical methods such as elemental analysis of the resist film obtained by evaporating the solvent components of the resist composition.
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法]
 本発明は、本発明の組成物により形成された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜にも関する。本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜はレジスト膜であることが好ましい。
 本発明の組成物を用いたパターン形成方法の手順は特に制限されないが、以下の工程を有することが好ましい。
 工程1:本発明の組成物を用いて、基板上に感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程
 工程2:感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を露光する工程
 工程3:露光された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程
 以下、上記それぞれの工程の手順について詳述する。
[Actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method]
The present invention also relates to an actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film formed from the composition of the present invention. The actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film of the present invention is preferably a resist film.
The procedure for the pattern formation method using the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but it is preferable that the method comprises the following steps.
Step 1: forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention; Step 2: exposing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film; Step 3: developing the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using a developer. The procedure of each of the above steps will be described in detail below.
(工程1:感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜形成工程)
 工程1は、本発明の組成物により、基板上に感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程である。
(Step 1: Actinic Ray- or Radiation-Sensitive Film Forming Step)
Step 1 is a step of forming an actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention.
 本発明の組成物により基板上に感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する方法としては、例えば、本発明の組成物を基板上に塗布する方法が挙げられる。
 なお、塗布前に本発明の組成物を必要に応じてフィルター濾過することが好ましい。フィルターのポアサイズは、0.1μm以下が好ましく、0.05μm以下がより好ましく、0.03μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルターは、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又は、ナイロン製が好ましい。
An example of a method for forming an actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention is a method in which the composition of the present invention is coated on a substrate.
The composition of the present invention is preferably filtered as necessary before application. The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.03 μm or less. The filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
 本発明の組成物は、集積回路素子の製造に使用されるような基板(例:シリコン、二酸化シリコン被覆)上に、スピナー又はコーター等の適当な塗布方法により塗布できる。塗布方法は、スピナーを用いたスピン塗布が好ましい。スピナーを用いたスピン塗布をする際の回転数は、1000~3000rpm(rotations per minute)が好ましい。
 本発明の組成物の塗布後、基板を乾燥し、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成してもよい。なお、必要により、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の下層に、各種下地膜(無機膜、有機膜、反射防止膜)を形成してもよい。
The composition of the present invention can be applied by a suitable application method such as a spinner or coater onto a substrate (e.g., silicon, silicon dioxide-coated) such as those used in the manufacture of integrated circuit elements. The application method is preferably spin coating using a spinner. The rotation speed when spin coating using a spinner is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm (rotations per minute).
After coating the composition of the present invention, the substrate may be dried to form an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. If necessary, various undercoats (inorganic films, organic films, anti-reflection films) may be formed under the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film.
 乾燥方法としては、例えば、加熱して乾燥する方法が挙げられる。加熱は通常の露光機、及び/又は、現像機に備わっている手段で実施でき、ホットプレート等を用いて実施してもよい。加熱温度は80~150℃が好ましく、80~140℃がより好ましく、80~130℃が更に好ましい。加熱時間は30~1000秒が好ましく、60~800秒がより好ましく、60~600秒が更に好ましい。 The drying method may be, for example, a method of drying by heating. Heating can be performed by a means provided in a normal exposure machine and/or a developing machine, and may also be performed using a hot plate or the like. The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, and even more preferably 80 to 130°C. The heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, and even more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の膜厚は特に制限されないが、より高精度な微細パターンを形成できる点から、10~120nmが好ましい。なかでも、EUV露光とする場合、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の膜厚としては、10~65nmがより好ましく、15~50nmが更に好ましい。ArF液浸露光とする場合、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の膜厚としては、10~120nmがより好ましく、15~90nmが更に好ましい。 The thickness of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 120 nm, since it allows for the formation of fine patterns with higher precision. In particular, when EUV exposure is used, the thickness of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is more preferably 10 to 65 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 50 nm. When ArF immersion exposure is used, the thickness of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is more preferably 10 to 120 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 90 nm.
 なお、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の上層にトップコート組成物を用いてトップコートを形成してもよい。
 トップコート組成物は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜と混合せず、更にレジスト膜上層に均一に塗布できることが好ましい。トップコートは、特に限定されず、従来公知のトップコートを、従来公知の方法によって形成でき、例えば、特開2014-059543号公報の段落[0072]~[0082]の記載に基づいてトップコートを形成できる。
 例えば、特開2013-61648号公報に記載されたような塩基性化合物を含むトップコートを、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜上に形成することが好ましい。トップコートが含み得る塩基性化合物の具体的な例は、本発明の組成物が含んでいてもよい塩基性化合物が挙げられる。
 トップコートは、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、水酸基、チオール基、カルボニル結合、及びエステル結合からなる群より選択される基又は結合を少なくとも1つ含む化合物を含むことも好ましい。
A top coat may be formed on the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film by using a top coat composition.
It is preferable that the top coat composition does not mix with the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film and can be uniformly applied to the upper layer of the resist film. The top coat is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known top coat can be formed by a conventionally known method, for example, a top coat can be formed based on the description in paragraphs [0072] to [0082] of JP2014-059543A.
For example, it is preferable to form a top coat containing a basic compound such as that described in JP 2013-61648 A on an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. Specific examples of the basic compound that the top coat may contain include the basic compounds that may be contained in the composition of the present invention.
It is also preferred that the top coat contains a compound containing at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a carbonyl bond, and an ester bond.
(工程2:露光工程)
 工程2は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を露光する工程である。
 露光の方法としては、形成した感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜に所定のマスクを通して活性光線又は放射線を照射する方法が挙げられる。
 活性光線又は放射線としては、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極紫外光、X線、及び電子線が挙げられ、250nm以下が好ましく、220nm以下がより好ましく、1~200nmの波長の遠紫外光、具体的には、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(157nm)、EUV(13.5nm)、X線、及び電子ビームが特に好ましい。
(Step 2: Exposure step)
Step 2 is a step of exposing the actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film to light.
The exposure method may be a method in which the formed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation through a predetermined mask.
Examples of the actinic ray or radiation include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams, preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, and particularly preferably far ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 1 to 200 nm, specifically KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F2 excimer laser (157 nm), EUV (13.5 nm), X-rays, and electron beams.
 露光後、現像を行う前にベーク(加熱)を行うことが好ましい。ベークにより露光部の反応が促進され、感度及びパターン形状がより良好となる。
 加熱温度は80~150℃が好ましく、80~140℃がより好ましく、80~130℃が更に好ましい。
 加熱時間は10~1000秒が好ましく、10~180秒がより好ましく、30~120秒が更に好ましい。
 加熱は通常の露光機及び/又は現像機に備わっている手段で実施でき、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
 この工程は露光後ベークともいう。
After exposure, it is preferable to perform baking (heating) before development, which promotes the reaction of the exposed area and improves the sensitivity and pattern shape.
The heating temperature is preferably from 80 to 150°C, more preferably from 80 to 140°C, and even more preferably from 80 to 130°C.
The heating time is preferably from 10 to 1,000 seconds, more preferably from 10 to 180 seconds, and even more preferably from 30 to 120 seconds.
Heating can be carried out by a means provided in a normal exposure machine and/or developing machine, and may be carried out using a hot plate or the like.
This step is also called post-exposure bake.
(工程3:現像工程)
 工程3は、現像液を用いて、露光された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を現像し、パターンを形成する工程である。
 現像液は、アルカリ現像液であっても、有機溶剤を含有する現像液(以下、有機系現像液ともいう)であってもよい。
(Step 3: Development Step)
Step 3 is a step of developing the exposed actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film with a developer to form a pattern.
The developer may be an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter, also referred to as an organic developer).
 現像方法としては、例えば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静置して現像する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、及び一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)が挙げられる。
 また、現像を行う工程の後に、他の溶剤に置換しながら、現像を停止する工程を実施してもよい。
 現像時間は未露光部の樹脂が十分に溶解する時間であれば特に制限はなく、10~300秒が好ましく、20~120秒がより好ましい。
 現像液の温度は0~50℃が好ましく、15~35℃がより好ましい。
Examples of the developing method include a method of immersing a substrate in a tank filled with a developing solution for a certain period of time (dip method), a method of piling up the developing solution on the substrate surface by surface tension and leaving it to stand for a certain period of time to develop (paddle method), a method of spraying the developing solution on the substrate surface (spray method), and a method of continuously discharging the developing solution while scanning a developing solution discharge nozzle at a constant speed onto a substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispense method).
After the development step, a step of stopping the development while replacing the solvent with another solvent may be carried out.
The development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed area is sufficiently dissolved, and is preferably from 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably from 20 to 120 seconds.
The temperature of the developer is preferably from 0 to 50°C, and more preferably from 15 to 35°C.
 アルカリ現像液は、アルカリを含むアルカリ水溶液を用いることが好ましい。アルカリ水溶液の種類は特に制限されないが、例えば、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドに代表される4級アンモニウム塩、無機アルカリ、1級アミン、2級アミン、3級アミン、アルコールアミン、又は、環状アミン等を含むアルカリ水溶液が挙げられる。中でも、アルカリ現像液は、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)に代表される4級アンモニウム塩の水溶液であることが好ましい。アルカリ現像液には、アルコール類、界面活性剤等を適当量添加してもよい。アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度は、通常、0.1~20質量%であることが好ましい。アルカリ現像液のpHは、通常、10.0~15.0であることが好ましい。 The alkaline developer is preferably an aqueous alkaline solution containing an alkali. There are no particular limitations on the type of the aqueous alkaline solution, but examples include an aqueous alkaline solution containing a quaternary ammonium salt such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide, an inorganic alkali, a primary amine, a secondary amine, a tertiary amine, an alcohol amine, or a cyclic amine. Of these, the alkaline developer is preferably an aqueous solution of a quaternary ammonium salt such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Appropriate amounts of alcohols, surfactants, etc. may be added to the alkaline developer. The alkaline concentration of the alkaline developer is usually preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass. The pH of the alkaline developer is usually preferably 10.0 to 15.0.
 有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及び炭化水素系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有する現像液であることが好ましい。 The organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents.
 上記の溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤又は水と混合してもよい。現像液全体としての含水率は、50質量%未満が好ましく、20質量%未満がより好ましく、10質量%未満が更に好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないのが特に好ましい。
 有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の含有量は、現像液の全量に対して、50質量%以上100質量%以下が好ましく、80質量%以上100質量%以下がより好ましく、90質量%以上100質量%以下が更に好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下が特に好ましい。
The above-mentioned solvents may be mixed in combination, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above or with water. The water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, even more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
The content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, still more preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the developer.
(他の工程)
 上記パターン形成方法は、工程3の後に、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を含むことが好ましい。
(Other processes)
The above pattern formation method preferably includes, after step 3, a step of cleaning with a rinsing liquid.
 アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液としては、例えば、純水が挙げられる。なお、純水には、界面活性剤を適当量添加してもよい。
 リンス液には、界面活性剤を適当量添加してもよい。
The rinse liquid used in the rinse step following the step of developing with an alkaline developer is, for example, pure water, to which an appropriate amount of a surfactant may be added.
A suitable amount of a surfactant may be added to the rinse solution.
 有機系現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液は、パターンを溶解しないものであれば特に制限はなく、一般的な有機溶剤を含む溶液を使用できる。リンス液は、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いることが好ましい。 The rinse liquid used in the rinse step following the development step using an organic developer is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used. It is preferable to use a rinse liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents.
 リンス工程の方法は特に限定されず、例えば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、及び基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)が挙げられる。
 また、パターン形成方法は、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含んでいてもよい。本工程により、ベークによりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。また、本工程により、レジストパターンがなまされ、パターンの表面荒れが改善される効果もある。リンス工程の後の加熱工程は、通常40~250℃(好ましくは90~200℃)で、通常10秒間~3分間(好ましくは30秒間~120秒間)行う。
The method of the rinsing step is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of continuously discharging a rinsing liquid onto a substrate rotating at a constant speed (spin coating method), a method of immersing a substrate in a tank filled with the rinsing liquid for a certain period of time (dip method), and a method of spraying the rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method).
The pattern forming method may also include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. This step removes the developer and rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the pattern due to baking. This step also has the effect of annealing the resist pattern and improving the surface roughness of the pattern. The heating step after the rinsing step is usually performed at 40 to 250°C (preferably 90 to 200°C) for usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds).
 また、形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板のエッチング処理を実施してもよい。つまり、工程3にて形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)を加工して、基板にパターンを形成してもよい。
 基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)の加工方法は特に限定されないが、工程3で形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)に対してドライエッチングを行うことにより、基板にパターンを形成する方法が好ましい。ドライエッチングは、酸素プラズマエッチングが好ましい。
Furthermore, the formed pattern may be used as a mask to perform an etching process on the substrate. That is, the pattern formed in step 3 may be used as a mask to process the substrate (or the underlayer film and the substrate) to form a pattern on the substrate.
Although the method for processing the substrate (or the underlayer film and the substrate) is not particularly limited, a method is preferred in which the substrate (or the underlayer film and the substrate) is dry-etched using the pattern formed in step 3 as a mask to form a pattern on the substrate. The dry etching is preferably oxygen plasma etching.
 本発明の組成物、及びパターン形成方法において使用される各種材料(例えば、溶剤、現像液、リンス液、反射防止膜形成用組成物、トップコート形成用組成物等)は、金属等の不純物を含まないことが好ましい。これら材料に含まれる不純物の含有量は、1質量ppm(parts per million)以下が好ましく、10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下がより好ましく、100質量ppt(parts per trillion)以下が更に好ましく、10質量ppt以下が特に好ましく、1質量ppt以下が最も好ましい。下限は特に制限させず、0質量ppt以上が好ましい。ここで、金属不純物としては、例えば、Na、K、Ca、Fe、Cu、Mg、Al、Li、Cr、Ni、Sn、Ag、As、Au、Ba、Cd、Co、Pb、Ti、V、W、及びZnが挙げられる。 The composition of the present invention and various materials used in the pattern formation method (e.g., solvent, developer, rinse, anti-reflective film forming composition, top coat forming composition, etc.) preferably do not contain impurities such as metals. The content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably 1 mass ppm (parts per million) or less, more preferably 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less, even more preferably 100 mass ppt (parts per trillion) or less, particularly preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and most preferably 1 mass ppt or less. There is no particular lower limit, and 0 mass ppt or more is preferable. Here, examples of metal impurities include Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V, W, and Zn.
 各種材料から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、フィルターを用いた濾過が挙げられる。フィルターを用いた濾過の詳細は、国際公開第2020/004306号の段落[0321]に記載される。 An example of a method for removing impurities such as metals from various materials is filtration using a filter. Details of filtration using a filter are described in paragraph [0321] of WO 2020/004306.
 各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減する方法としては、例えば、各種材料を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する方法、各種材料を構成する原料に対してフィルター濾過を行う方法、及び装置内をテフロン(登録商標)でライニングする等してコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う方法が挙げられる。 Methods for reducing metal and other impurities contained in various materials include, for example, selecting raw materials with low metal content as the raw materials that make up the various materials, filtering the raw materials that make up the various materials, and performing distillation under conditions that minimize contamination as much as possible, such as lining the inside of the equipment with Teflon (registered trademark).
 フィルター濾過の他、吸着材による不純物の除去を行ってもよく、フィルター濾過と吸着材とを組み合わせて使用してもよい。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を使用でき、例えば、シリカゲル及びゼオライト等の無機系吸着材、並びに、活性炭等の有機系吸着材を使用できる。上記各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減するためには、製造工程における金属不純物の混入を防止する必要がある。製造装置から金属不純物が十分に除去されたかどうかは、製造装置の洗浄に使用された洗浄液中に含まれる金属成分の含有量を測定して確認できる。使用後の洗浄液に含まれる金属成分の含有量は、100質量ppt以下が好ましく、10質量ppt以下がより好ましく、1質量ppt以下が更に好ましい。下限は特に制限させず、0質量ppt以上が好ましい。 In addition to filtration, impurities may be removed using an adsorbent, or a combination of filtration and an adsorbent may be used. As the adsorbent, known adsorbents can be used, for example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon. In order to reduce impurities such as metals contained in the various materials described above, it is necessary to prevent the incorporation of metal impurities during the manufacturing process. Whether metal impurities have been sufficiently removed from the manufacturing equipment can be confirmed by measuring the content of metal components contained in the cleaning solution used to clean the manufacturing equipment. The content of metal components contained in the cleaning solution after use is preferably 100 ppt by mass or less, more preferably 10 ppt by mass or less, and even more preferably 1 ppt by mass or less. There is no particular lower limit, and 0 ppt by mass or more is preferable.
 リンス液等の有機系処理液には、静電気の帯電、引き続き生じる静電気放電に伴う、薬液配管及び各種パーツ(フィルター、O-リング、及び、チューブ等)の故障を防止するため、導電性の化合物を添加してもよい。導電性の化合物は特に制限されないが、例えば、メタノールが挙げられる。添加量は特に制限されないが、好ましい現像特性又はリンス特性を維持する点で、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましい。下限は特に制限させず、0.01質量%以上が好ましい。
 薬液配管としては、例えば、SUS(ステンレス鋼)、又は、帯電防止処理の施されたポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、若しくは、フッ素樹脂(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、又は、パーフルオロアルコキシ樹脂等)で被膜された各種配管を使用できる。フィルター及びO-リングに関しても同様に、帯電防止処理の施されたポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、又は、フッ素樹脂(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、又は、パーフルオロアルコキシ樹脂等)を使用できる。
An organic processing liquid such as a rinse liquid may contain a conductive compound to prevent breakdown of chemical liquid piping and various parts (filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) due to static charging and subsequent static discharge. The conductive compound is not particularly limited, but an example thereof is methanol. The amount added is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of maintaining favorable development characteristics or rinsing characteristics, it is preferably 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 5% by mass or less. There is no particular lower limit, and 0.01% by mass or more is preferable.
The chemical liquid piping may be made of, for example, stainless steel (SUS), or various piping coated with antistatic polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.). Similarly, the filter and O-ring may be made of antistatic polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.).
[電子デバイスの製造方法]
 本明細書は、上記したパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法、及びこの製造方法により製造された電子デバイスにも関する。
 本明細書の電子デバイスの好適態様としては、電気電子機器(家電、OA(Office Automation)、メディア関連機器、光学用機器及び通信機器等)に搭載される態様が挙げられる。
[Electronic device manufacturing method]
The present specification also relates to a method for manufacturing an electronic device, including the above-mentioned pattern formation method, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
Preferred embodiments of the electronic device of the present specification include those mounted in electric and electronic equipment (home appliances, OA (Office Automation), media-related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, and the like).
 以下に実施例に基づいて本発明を更に詳細に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、及び、処理手順は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す実施例により限定的に解釈されるべきものではない。 The present invention will be described in more detail below based on examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, processing contents, and processing procedures shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be interpreted as being limited by the examples shown below.
 実施例及び比較例のレジスト組成物に用いた各種成分について以下に示す。 The various components used in the resist compositions of the examples and comparative examples are shown below.
<樹脂(A)>
 樹脂(A)として、A-1~A-12を用いた。
 樹脂(A)は、後述する樹脂A-1の合成方法(合成例1)に準じて合成したものを用いた。
 A-1~A-12の構造を以下に示す。下記繰り返し単位の含有比率(樹脂中の全繰り返し単位に対する含有量)はモル比率である。
 樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分散度(Pd=Mw/Mn)はGPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))により測定した(ポリスチレン換算量である)。また、繰り返し単位の含有量は、13C-NMR(nuclear magnetic resonance)により測定した。
 A-1~A-12は酸分解性樹脂である。
<Resin (A)>
As the resin (A), A-1 to A-12 were used.
Resin (A) used was synthesized according to the synthesis method for resin A-1 (Synthesis Example 1) described below.
The structures of A-1 to A-12 are shown below. The content ratio of the following repeating units (content relative to the total repeating units in the resin) is a molar ratio.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and dispersity (Pd=Mw/Mn) of the resin were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (polystyrene equivalent amount). The repeating unit content was measured by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance).
A-1 to A-12 are acid-decomposable resins.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 樹脂A-1の合成例を以下に示す。その他の樹脂(A)も同様に合成した。
(合成例1:樹脂A-1の合成)
A synthesis example of Resin A-1 is shown below. Other resins (A) were synthesized in the same manner.
(Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Resin A-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 シクロヘキサノン(45.5g)を窒素気流下にて85℃に加熱した。この液に攪拌しながら、AS-1(13.6g)、4-ビニルスチレン(29.7g)、シクロヘキサノン(84.4g)、及び、2,2’-アゾビスイソ酪酸ジメチル〔V-601、富士フイルム和光純薬社製〕(3.1g)の混合溶液を3時間かけて滴下し、反応液を得た。滴下終了後、反応液を85℃にて更に3時間攪拌した。得られた反応液を放冷後、2300gの酢酸エチル/ヘプタン(質量比1:9)で再沈殿した後、ろ過し、得られた固体を真空乾燥することで、樹脂A-1(35.1g)を得た。 Cyclohexanone (45.5 g) was heated to 85°C under a nitrogen stream. A mixed solution of AS-1 (13.6 g), 4-vinylstyrene (29.7 g), cyclohexanone (84.4 g), and 2,2'-azobisisobutyric acid dimethylate [V-601, Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.] (3.1 g) was added dropwise to this liquid while stirring over a period of 3 hours to obtain a reaction liquid. After the addition was completed, the reaction liquid was stirred at 85°C for an additional 3 hours. The resulting reaction liquid was allowed to cool, and then reprecipitated with 2300 g of ethyl acetate/heptane (mass ratio 1:9), filtered, and the resulting solid was vacuum dried to obtain Resin A-1 (35.1 g).
<塩(B)>
 塩(B)として、b-1~b-10を用いた。
 塩(B)は、後述するb-1の合成方法(合成例2)又はb-2の合成方法(合成例3)に準じて合成したものを用いた。
 b-1~b-10の構造を以下に示す。
<Salt (B)>
As the salt (B), b-1 to b-10 were used.
The salt (B) used was synthesized according to the synthesis method of b-1 (Synthesis Example 2) or the synthesis method of b-2 (Synthesis Example 3) described below.
The structures of b-1 to b-10 are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 b-1の合成例を以下に示す。b-3~b-8も同様に合成した。 The synthesis example of b-1 is shown below. b-3 to b-8 were also synthesized in the same way.
(合成例2:b-1の合成) (Synthesis example 2: Synthesis of b-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 化合物1(1.0g)をアセトニトリル(6ml)に溶解させ、0℃に冷却した。そこに化合物2(1.1g)をアセトニトリル(5ml)に溶解させたものを滴下し、10分攪拌後、攪拌しながら室温(25℃程度)まで昇温した。その後、得られた反応液を濃縮することにより得られた粗生成物に対しシクロペンチルメチルエーテル(20ml)を加え攪拌し、固体をろ取、乾燥することで化合物3(1.1g)を得た。
 得られた化合物3を塩化メチレン(10ml)に加えたのち、化合物4(1.5g)および水(10ml)を加え分液し、得られた有機相にシクロペンチルメチルエーテル(20ml)を加え、濃縮により塩化メチレンを除去し、溶液中に生じた(b-1)の結晶(2.1g)をろ取した。
Compound 1 (1.0 g) was dissolved in acetonitrile (6 ml) and cooled to 0° C. Compound 2 (1.1 g) dissolved in acetonitrile (5 ml) was added dropwise thereto, and after stirring for 10 minutes, the temperature was raised to room temperature (about 25° C.) while stirring. The reaction solution was then concentrated to obtain a crude product, to which cyclopentyl methyl ether (20 ml) was added and stirred, and the solid was filtered and dried to obtain compound 3 (1.1 g).
The obtained compound 3 was added to methylene chloride (10 ml), and then compound 4 (1.5 g) and water (10 ml) were added and the mixture was separated. Cyclopentyl methyl ether (20 ml) was added to the obtained organic phase, and the methylene chloride was removed by concentration. The crystals of (b-1) (2.1 g) formed in the solution were collected by filtration.
 b-2の合成例を以下に示す。b-9~b-10も同様に合成した。 The synthesis example of b-2 is shown below. b-9 to b-10 were also synthesized in the same way.
(合成例3:b-2の合成) (Synthesis example 3: Synthesis of b-2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 化合物5(1.0g)を塩化メチレン(20ml)に溶解させ、0℃に冷却した。そこに化合物6(2.6g)を添加し、10分攪拌後、室温まで昇温しさらに1時間攪拌した。その後得られた反応液を濃縮し、得られた粗体にシクロペンチルメチルエーテル(20ml)を加えて攪拌し、固体をろ取、乾燥することで化合物7(1.7g)を得た。
 得られた化合物7を塩化メチレン(15ml)に加えたのち、化合物8(1.5g)および水(15ml)を加え分液、得られた有機相に再度水(15ml)を加え分液した。得られた有機相にシクロペンチルメチルエーテル(20ml)を加え、濃縮により塩化メチレンを除去し、溶液中に生じた(b-2)の結晶(1.9g)をろ取した。
Compound 5 (1.0 g) was dissolved in methylene chloride (20 ml) and cooled to 0° C. Compound 6 (2.6 g) was added thereto, and after stirring for 10 minutes, the temperature was raised to room temperature and further stirred for 1 hour. The reaction solution obtained was then concentrated, and cyclopentyl methyl ether (20 ml) was added to the obtained crude product and stirred, and the solid was filtered and dried to obtain compound 7 (1.7 g).
The obtained compound 7 was added to methylene chloride (15 ml), and then compound 8 (1.5 g) and water (15 ml) were added and separated, and water (15 ml) was added again to the obtained organic phase and separated. Cyclopentyl methyl ether (20 ml) was added to the obtained organic phase, and the methylene chloride was removed by concentration, and the crystals (b-2) (1.9 g) generated in the solution were collected by filtration.
<光酸発生剤(C)>
 使用した光酸発生剤(C)の構造を以下に示す。
<Photoacid generator (C)>
The structure of the photoacid generator (C) used is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
<酸拡散制御剤(D)>
 使用した酸拡散制御剤(D)の構造を以下に示す。
<Acid Diffusion Controller (D)>
The structure of the acid diffusion controller (D) used is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
<疎水性樹脂>
 使用した疎水性樹脂の構造を以下に示す。下記繰り返し単位の含有比率(樹脂中の全繰り返し単位に対する含有量)はモル比率である。
<Hydrophobic resin>
The structure of the hydrophobic resin used is shown below: The content ratio of the following repeating units (content relative to all repeating units in the resin) is a molar ratio.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
<界面活性剤>
 使用した界面活性剤を以下に示す。
 W-1:メガファックF176(大日本インキ化学工業(株)製;フッ素系)
 W-2:メガファックR08(大日本インキ化学工業(株)製;フッ素及びシリコン系)
 W-3:ポリシロキサンポリマーKP-341(信越化学工業(株)製;シリコン系) W-4:トロイゾルS-366(トロイケミカル(株)製)
 W-5:KH-20(旭硝子(株)製)
 W-6:PolyFox PF-6320(OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製;フッ素系)
<Surfactant>
The surfactants used are shown below.
W-1: Megafac F176 (manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc.; fluorine-based)
W-2: Megafac R08 (manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc.; fluorine and silicone type)
W-3: Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.; silicone-based) W-4: Troisol S-366 (manufactured by Trois Chemical Co., Ltd.)
W-5: KH-20 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.)
W-6: PolyFox PF-6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc.; fluorine-based)
<溶剤>
 使用した溶剤を以下に示す。
 SL-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 SL-2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルプロピオネート
 SL-3:2-ヘプタノン
 SL-4:乳酸エチル
 SL-5:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 SL-6:シクロヘキサノン
 SL-7:γ-ブチロラクトン
 SL-8:プロピレンカーボネート
<Solvent>
The solvents used are shown below.
SL-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
SL-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate SL-3: 2-heptanone SL-4: Ethyl lactate SL-5: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
SL-6: Cyclohexanone SL-7: γ-butyrolactone SL-8: Propylene carbonate
[レジスト組成物の塗液調製及び塗設]
 下記表1に示す成分を下記表1に示す溶剤に溶解させ、固形分濃度2.7質量%の溶液を調製し、これを0.02μmのポアサイズを有するポリエチレンフィルターでろ過して、レジスト組成物R-1~R-15、Rx-1を得た。
 これらのレジスト組成物を、予めヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)処理を施した6インチSi(シリコン)ウェハ上に東京エレクトロン製スピンコーターMark8を用いて塗布し、130℃、300秒間ホットプレート上で乾燥して、膜厚100nmのレジスト膜を得た。
 ここで、1インチは、0.0254mである。
 なお、上記Siウェハをクロム基板に変更しても、同様の結果が得られるものである。
[Preparation of Coating Solution of Resist Composition and Coating]
The components shown in Table 1 below were dissolved in the solvents shown in Table 1 below to prepare solutions with a solids concentration of 2.7% by mass. This was then filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.02 μm to obtain resist compositions R-1 to R-15 and Rx-1.
These resist compositions were applied onto a 6-inch Si (silicon) wafer that had been previously treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) using a spin coater Mark 8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron, and dried on a hot plate at 130° C. for 300 seconds to obtain a resist film with a thickness of 100 nm.
Here, 1 inch is 0.0254 m.
It should be noted that the same results can be obtained even if the Si wafer is replaced with a chromium substrate.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000062
[パターン形成方法(1):EB露光、アルカリ現像(ポジ)]
 上記で得られたレジスト膜が塗布されたウェハを、電子線描画装置((株)アドバンテスト製;F7000S、加速電圧50KeV)を用いて、パターン照射を行った。この際、1:1のラインアンドスペースが形成されるように描画を行った。電子線描画後、100℃、60秒ホットプレート上で加熱し、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド(TMAH)水溶液を用いて60秒間浸漬した後、30秒間、水でリンスして乾燥した。その後、4000rpmの回転数で30秒間ウェハを回転させた後、95℃で60秒間ベークを行い乾燥した。
[Pattern formation method (1): EB exposure, alkaline development (positive)]
The wafer coated with the resist film obtained above was subjected to pattern irradiation using an electron beam lithography device (Advantest Corporation; F7000S, acceleration voltage 50 KeV). At this time, lithography was performed so that a 1:1 line and space was formed. After electron beam lithography, the wafer was heated on a hot plate at 100° C. for 60 seconds, immersed in a 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution for 60 seconds, rinsed with water for 30 seconds, and dried. Thereafter, the wafer was rotated at a rotation speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds, baked at 95° C. for 60 seconds, and dried.
[評価]
 得られたパターンの断面形状を走査型電子顕微鏡(日立製作所社製S-9380II)を用いて観察した。線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースのレジストパターンを解像するときの露光量を感度(Eop)とした。
[evaluation]
The cross-sectional shape of the obtained pattern was observed using a scanning electron microscope (S-9380II manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) The exposure dose required to resolve a 1:1 line and space resist pattern with a line width of 50 nm was defined as sensitivity (Eop).
<ラフネス性能(LWR)>
 上記感度(Eop)を示す露光量にて解像した50nm(1:1)のラインアンドスペースのパターンに対して、測長走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM((株)日立製作所S-9380II))を使用してパターン上部から観察する際、パターンの線幅を250箇所で観測し、その標準偏差(σ)を求めた。線幅の測定ばらつきを3σで評価し、3σの値をLWR(nm)とした。LWRの値が小さいほどLWR性能が良好である。
<Roughness performance (LWR)>
When a 50 nm (1:1) line and space pattern resolved at an exposure dose showing the above sensitivity (Eop) was observed from above using a critical dimension scanning electron microscope (SEM (Hitachi, Ltd. S-9380II)), the line width of the pattern was observed at 250 points and the standard deviation (σ) was calculated. The measurement variation in line width was evaluated at 3σ, and the value of 3σ was defined as LWR (nm). The smaller the LWR value, the better the LWR performance.
<現像欠陥>
 上記感度(Eop)で形成した線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンをケー・エル・エー・テンコール社製の欠陥検査装置KLA2360を用い、欠陥検査装置のピクセルサイズを0.16μmに、また閾値を20に設定して、ランダムモードで測定し、比較イメージとピクセル単位の重ね合わせによって生じる差異から抽出される現像欠陥を検出して、単位面積(1cm)あたりの現像欠陥数を算出した。
 値が0.5未満のものをA、0.5以上0.7未満のものをB、0.7以上のものをCとした。値が小さいほど良好な性能であることを示す。
<Development Defects>
The 1:1 line and space pattern with a line width of 50 nm formed at the above sensitivity (Eop) was measured in random mode using a defect inspection device KLA2360 manufactured by KLA Tencor Corporation, with the pixel size of the defect inspection device set to 0.16 μm and the threshold value set to 20, and development defects extracted from the differences arising from pixel-by-pixel overlay with the comparison image were detected, and the number of development defects per unit area (1 cm2 ) was calculated.
A value of less than 0.5 was rated as A, a value of 0.5 or more but less than 0.7 was rated as B, and a value of 0.7 or more was rated as C. The smaller the value, the better the performance.
 下記表2に、各実施例及び比較例で使用したレジスト組成物と、各実施例及び比較例の結果を示す。 Table 2 below shows the resist compositions used in each example and comparative example, and the results of each example and comparative example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000063
[パターン形成方法(2):EUV露光、アルカリ現像(ポジ)]
 上記で得られたレジスト膜が塗布されたウェハを、EUV露光装置(Exitech社製 Micro Exposure Tool、NA(開口数)0.3、Quadrupole、アウターシグマ0.68、インナーシグマ0.36)を用い、露光マスク(ライン/スペース=1/1)を使用して、パターン露光を行った。露光後、ホットプレート上で、100℃で90秒間加熱した後、2.38質量%のテトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド(TMAH)水溶液を用いて60秒間浸漬した後、30秒間、水でリンスした。その後、4000rpmの回転数で30秒間ウェハを回転させた後、95℃で60秒間ベークを行い乾燥した。
[Pattern formation method (2): EUV exposure, alkaline development (positive)]
The wafer coated with the resist film obtained above was subjected to pattern exposure using an EUV exposure device (Micro Exposure Tool, NA (numerical aperture) 0.3, Quadrupole, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36, manufactured by Exitech) and an exposure mask (line/space = 1/1). After exposure, the wafer was heated at 100 ° C. for 90 seconds on a hot plate, immersed in a 2.38 mass% aqueous tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) solution for 60 seconds, and then rinsed with water for 30 seconds. The wafer was then rotated at a rotation speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds, baked at 95 ° C. for 60 seconds, and dried.
[評価]
 得られたレジストは、それぞれ上記の方法と同様の方法で評価を行った。評価結果を表3に記載する。
[evaluation]
The resists thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as described above, and the evaluation results are shown in Table 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
[パターン形成方法(3):EUV露光、有機溶剤現像(ネガ)]
[極紫外線(EUV)露光 有機溶剤現像(ネガ)]
 上記で得られたレジスト膜が塗布されたウェハを、EUV露光装置(Exitech社製 Micro Exposure Tool、NA(開口数)0.3、Quadrupole、アウターシグマ0.68、インナーシグマ0.36)を用い、露光マスク(ライン/スペース=1/1)を使用して、パターン露光を行った。露光後、ホットプレート上で、100℃で90秒間加熱した後、酢酸n-ブチルで30秒間現像し、これをスピン乾燥してネガ型のパターンを得た。
[Pattern formation method (3): EUV exposure, organic solvent development (negative)]
[Extreme ultraviolet (EUV) exposure, organic solvent development (negative)]
The wafer coated with the resist film obtained above was subjected to pattern exposure using an EUV exposure device (Micro Exposure Tool manufactured by Exitech, NA (numerical aperture) 0.3, quadrupole, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36) and an exposure mask (line/space = 1/1). After exposure, the wafer was heated on a hot plate at 100°C for 90 seconds, developed with n-butyl acetate for 30 seconds, and spin-dried to obtain a negative pattern.
[評価]
 得られたレジストは、それぞれ上記の方法と同様の方法で評価を行った。評価結果を表4に記載する。
[evaluation]
The resists thus obtained were evaluated in the same manner as described above, and the evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000065
 表2~4の結果から、実施例で用いたレジスト組成物は、極微細のパターン形成において、LWR性能、及び現像欠陥抑制性能に優れることが分かった。 The results in Tables 2 to 4 show that the resist compositions used in the examples have excellent LWR performance and development defect suppression performance when forming ultrafine patterns.
 本発明により、極微細(例えば、線幅又はスペース幅50nm以下)のパターン形成において、LWR性能に優れ、且つ、現像欠陥の低減が可能な感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することができる。
 また、本発明により、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いた感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することができる。
According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which is excellent in LWR performance and capable of reducing development defects in the formation of an extremely fine pattern (for example, a line width or space width of 50 nm or less).
The present invention also provides an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and a method for producing an electronic device, which use the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施態様を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明らかである。
 なお、本出願は、2022年11月11日出願の日本特許出願(特願2022-181320)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。
Although the present invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made therein without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on a Japanese patent application (Patent Application No. 2022-181320) filed on November 11, 2022, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (10)

  1.  樹脂(A)及びカチオンラジカル構造を有する塩(B)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 An actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a resin (A) and a salt (B) having a cation radical structure.
  2.  前記塩(B)が下記一般式(B-1)又は一般式(B-2)で表される化合物である、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     一般式(B-1)中、Rb~Rbは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、チオール基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アミノ基、ヘテロアリール基、カルボニル基、シアノ基、又はこれらの組み合わせからなる基を表し、互いに結合して環を形成していても良い。A は対アニオンを表す。
     一般式(B-2)中、Rb~Rb12は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、チオール基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アミノ基、カルボニル基、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、又はこれらの組み合わせからなる基を表す。Rb13は水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、又はアリール基を表す。Xは、-S-、-O-、又は-NRb14-を表す。Rb14は、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、又はアリール基を表す。Rb~Rb14は互いに結合して環を形成していても良い。A は対アニオンを表す。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the salt (B) is a compound represented by the following general formula (B-1) or (B-2):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In general formula (B-1), Rb 1 to Rb 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a thiol group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an amino group, a heteroaryl group, a carbonyl group, a cyano group, or a group consisting of a combination thereof, and may be bonded to each other to form a ring. A 1 - represents a counter anion.
    In the general formula (B-2), Rb 5 to Rb 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a thiol group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an amino group, a carbonyl group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a group consisting of a combination thereof. Rb 13 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or an aryl group. X represents -S-, -O-, or -NRb 14 -. Rb 14 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or an aryl group. Rb 5 to Rb 14 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. A 2 - represents a counter anion.
  3.  前記塩(B)が対アニオンとして、カルボン酸アニオン又はスルホン酸アニオンを有する請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the salt (B) has a carboxylate anion or a sulfonate anion as a counter anion.
  4.  前記一般式(B-1)におけるA 、又は、前記一般式(B-2)におけるA が、下記一般式(AN1)~(AN3)のいずれかで表される、請求項2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     一般式(AN1)中、AQ1 はカルボン酸アニオン又はスルホン酸アニオンを表す。R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は置換基を表す。LQ1は、2価の連結基を表す。Rは、有機基を表す。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

     一般式(AN2)中、AQ2 はカルボン酸アニオン又はスルホン酸アニオンを表す。Xfは、水素原子、フッ素原子、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を有さない有機基を表す。R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、アルキル基、又は、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。LQ2は、2価の連結基を表す。Wは有機基を表す。oは、1~3の整数を表す。pは、0~10の整数を表す。qは、0~10の整数を表す。複数のXfは、互いに同じでも異なっても良い。pが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のR及びRは、それぞれ互いに同じでも異なっても良い。qが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のLQ2は、互いに同じでも異なっても良い。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

     一般式(AN3)中、AQ3 はカルボン酸アニオン又はスルホン酸アニオンを表す。Arは、芳香族基を表す。n及びmは、0以上の整数を表す。Dは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Bは、炭化水素基を表す。Eはカルボン酸アニオン、スルホン酸アニオン、及び-(D-B)基以外の置換基を表す。nが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のD及びBは、それぞれ、互いに同じでも異なっても良い。mが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のEは、互いに同じでも異なっても良い。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 2, wherein A 1 - in the general formula (B-1) or A 2 - in the general formula (B-2) is represented by any one of the following general formulae (AN1) to (AN3):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    In formula (AN1), A Q1 - represents a carboxylate anion or a sulfonate anion. R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. L Q1 represents a divalent linking group. R 3 represents an organic group.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    In the general formula (AN2), A Q2 - represents a carboxylate anion or a sulfonate anion. Xf represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, or an organic group having no fluorine atom. R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. L Q2 represents a divalent linking group. W represents an organic group. o represents an integer of 1 to 3. p represents an integer of 0 to 10. q represents an integer of 0 to 10. A plurality of Xf may be the same as or different from each other. When p represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of R 4 and R 5 may be the same as or different from each other. When q represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of L Q2 may be the same as or different from each other.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

    In general formula (AN3), A Q3 - represents a carboxylate anion or a sulfonate anion. Ar represents an aromatic group. n and m represent integers of 0 or more. D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. B represents a hydrocarbon group. E represents a substituent other than a carboxylate anion, a sulfonate anion, and a -(D-B) group. When n represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of Ds and Bs may be the same as or different from each other. When m represents an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of Es may be the same as or different from each other.
  5.  前記樹脂(A)が酸の作用により分解し極性が増大する基を有する樹脂である請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the resin (A) is a resin having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid and increases its polarity.
  6.  前記樹脂(A)が、下記一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位及び一般式(A-2)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つの繰り返し単位を有する請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

     一般式(A-1)中、Ra~Raは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又は、アルコキシカルボニル基を表す。
     Laは単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
     Ra~Raは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族複素環式基、アラルキル基、又は、アルケニル基を表す。Ra~Raのうち2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
     Raはアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族複素環式基、水酸基、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、ハロゲン原子、又はシアノ基を表す。Raが複数存在する場合、複数のRaは同一でも異なっていてもよい。
     Ra~Ra、La、及びRaのうち2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
     naは0~4の整数を表す。maは0~2の整数を表す。
     一般式(A-2)中、Ra~Raは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又は、アルコキシカルボニル基を表す。
     Laは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
     Araは、芳香環基を表す。
     Ra10~Ra12は、各々独立に水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族複素環式基、アラルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルキルオキシ基、又は、アルケニル基を表す。
     Ra10~Ra12のうち少なくとも2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
     Ra~Ra12のうち少なくとも1つがAraと結合してもよい。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the resin (A) has at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A-1) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A-2):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

    In formula (A-1), Ra 1 to Ra 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
    La1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
    Ra 4 to Ra 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group. Two of Ra 4 to Ra 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
    Ra 0 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a halogen atom, or a cyano group. When a plurality of Ra 0 are present, the plurality of Ra 0 may be the same or different.
    Two of Ra 1 to Ra 3 , La 1 and Ra 0 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
    na represents an integer of 0 to 4. ma represents an integer of 0 to 2.
    In formula (A-2), Ra 7 to Ra 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
    La2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
    Ara represents an aromatic ring group.
    Ra 10 to Ra 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkyloxy group, or an alkenyl group.
    At least two of Ra 10 to Ra 12 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
    At least one of Ra 9 to Ra 12 may be bound to Ara.
  7.  さらに、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物を含む請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising a compound that generates an acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
  8.  請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により形成された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜。 An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2.
  9.  請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて、基板上に感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程と、前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を露光する工程と、前記露光された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程と、を含むパターン形成方法。 A pattern forming method comprising the steps of forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, exposing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, and developing the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using a developer.
  10.  請求項9に記載のパターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an electronic device comprising the pattern formation method according to claim 9.
PCT/JP2023/040157 2022-11-11 2023-11-08 Active-ray-sensitive or radioactive-ray-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radioactive-ray-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method WO2024101378A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022-181320 2022-11-11
JP2022181320 2022-11-11

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024101378A1 true WO2024101378A1 (en) 2024-05-16

Family

ID=91032564

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/040157 WO2024101378A1 (en) 2022-11-11 2023-11-08 Active-ray-sensitive or radioactive-ray-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radioactive-ray-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202428650A (en)
WO (1) WO2024101378A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS61148441A (en) * 1984-12-24 1986-07-07 Toshiba Corp Formation of charge-transfer complex
JP2006289831A (en) * 2005-04-12 2006-10-26 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Ink set for inkjet recording, and inkjet image recording method
JP2016075738A (en) * 2014-10-03 2016-05-12 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Color filter coloring composition and color filter

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS61148441A (en) * 1984-12-24 1986-07-07 Toshiba Corp Formation of charge-transfer complex
JP2006289831A (en) * 2005-04-12 2006-10-26 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Ink set for inkjet recording, and inkjet image recording method
JP2016075738A (en) * 2014-10-03 2016-05-12 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Color filter coloring composition and color filter

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202428650A (en) 2024-07-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7545473B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, compound
JP7454669B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
JP7553643B2 (en) Actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2022209733A1 (en) Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
WO2023054127A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2022172689A1 (en) Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2023145488A1 (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
WO2023145564A1 (en) Active light–sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active light–sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and production method for electronic device
JP7434592B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024101378A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radioactive-ray-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radioactive-ray-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024024669A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024024691A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern-forming method, and production method for electronic device
WO2024111511A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device production method
WO2024171929A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2022190922A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024070964A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024048464A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024181372A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024195604A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2024157709A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern-forming method, and method for producing electronic device
TW202432515A (en) Actinic radiation or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic radiation or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2024070968A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for forming pattern, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2024181371A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2023243521A1 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
WO2024195603A1 (en) Method for producing solution, method for producing resist composition, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23888725

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1